Ivermectin
Ivermectin
Ivermectin
Seores. -
MINISTERIO DE AGRICULTURA - SENASA
M.V. Martn Vicente Ortiz Morera
Director de la Sub Direccin de Insumos Pecuarios SENASA
Presente
Por medio de la presente me dirijo a usted para saludarlo y a la vez hacerle llegar
la subsanacin de observaciones al expediente del producto DECTOVERM 3.15
solicitadas por su representada mediante CARTA-4604-2016-MINAGRI-
SENASA-DIAIA-SIP del 29 de noviembre de 2016.
Atentamente,
1. AGENTES ETIOLOGICOS SUSCEPTIBLES
Ivermectina:
Ganado vacuno
Ovinos
Fuentes:
The pharmacokinetics and metabolism of ivermectin in domestic animal species. The Veterinary
Journal 179 (2009) Pagina: 11.
Camlidos sudamericanos
Fuente:
British Veterinary Zoological Sociey Proceedings May 2008. SKIN DISEASES OF SOUTH
AMERICAN CAMELIDS. Pgina 24-26.
http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.469.4216&rep=rep1&type=pdf
Manejo sanitario de la vicua. Ministerio de Agricultura SAC Chile. 2007. Pginas 93, 95 y 96.
http://www2.sag.gob.cl/Pecuaria/bvo/BVO_9_I_semestre_2009/articulos/manejo_sanitario_vicuna.pdf
Datos bioqumicos
Datos toxicolgicos
Datos microbiolgicos
30 g/kg Msculo
100 g/kg Grasa
100 g/kg Hgado
30 g/kg Rin
Fuente: EMEA. EPMAR. Ivermectin (All mammalian food producing species). 2014. Paginas: 251-252.
http://www.ema.europa.eu/docs/en_GB/document_library/Maximum_Residue_Limits_-
_Report/2014/05/WC500167329.pdf
4. ROTULADO
The
Veterinary Journal
The Veterinary Journal 179 (2009) 2537
www.elsevier.com/locate/tvjl
Review
Abstract
The pharmacokinetic properties of drugs are closely related to their pharmacological ecacy. The kinetics of ivermectin are charac-
terised, in general terms, by a slow absorption process, a broad distribution in the organism, low metabolism, and slow excretion. The
kinetics vary according to the route of administration, formulation, animal species, body condition, age, and physiological status, all of
which contribute to dierences in drug ecacy. Characterisation of ivermectin kinetics can be used to predict and optimise the value of
the parasiticide eects and to design programmes for parasite control. This article reviews the pharmacokinetics of ivermectin in several
domestic animal species.
2007 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Keywords: Ivermectin; Pharmacokinetics; Animal species; Absorption; Distribution; Metabolism; Excretion; Cattle; Sheep; Goat; Pig; Dog; Review
1090-0233/$ - see front matter 2007 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
doi:10.1016/j.tvjl.2007.07.011
26 A. Gonzalez Canga et al. / The Veterinary Journal 179 (2009) 2537
Table 1
Ivermectin spectrum of activity in several domestic animals
Animal species Nematodes Arthropods Dose
Cattle Haemonchus spp. Hypoderma spp. 200 lg/kg subcutaneous and
Ostertagia spp. Sarcoptes bovis oral 500 lg/kg topical
Cooperia spp. Psoroptes ovis
Trichostrongylus spp. Linognathus spp.
Strongyloides papillosus; Haematopinus spp.
Bunostomum spp.
Nematodirus spp.
Trichuris spp.
Oesophagostomum spp.
Dictyocaulus viviparus
Sheep Haemonchus spp. Oestrus ovis 200 lg/kg subcutaneous and oral
Chabertia ovina Sarcoptes scabiei
Ostertagia spp. Psoroptes ovis
Cooperia spp. Melanophagus ovinus
Trichostrongylus spp.
Strongyloides papillosus
Bunostomum spp.
Nematodirus spp.
Trichuris ovis
Oesophagostomum spp.
Dictyocaulus laria
Goat Haemonchus spp. Sarcoptes spp. 200 lg/kg subcutaneous
Chabertia ovina Psoroptes ovis
Teladorsagia spp.
Cooperia spp.
Trichostrongylus spp.
Strongyloides papillosus
Oesophagostomum spp.
Dictyocaulus laria
Pig Ascaris suum Sarcoptes scabiei 300 lg/kg subcutaneous
Hyostrongylus rubidus
Strongyloides ransomi Haematopinus suis
Oesophagostomum spp.
Metastrongylus spp.
Stephanurus dentatus
Trichinella spiralis (intestinal)
Horse Strongylus spp. Gasterophilus spp. 200 lg/kg oral
Parascaris equorum Sarcoptes scabiei
Oxyuris equi
Draschia spp.
Habronema spp.
Trichostrongylus axei
Parascaris equorum (microlaria)
Strongyloides westeri
Dictyocaulus arneldi
Onchocerca spp.
Dog Dirolaria immitis Sarcoptes scabiei 6 lg/kg oral
(microlaria and fourth-stage larvae)
Toxocara canis Otodectes cynotis
Toxascaris leonine
Ancylostoma caninum
Uncinaria stenocephala
Trichuris vulpis
Ivermectin undergoes little metabolism; most of the dose H2B1a and 300 -O-desmethyl-H2B1b); 3-O-desmethyl
is excreted unchanged. Metabolic studies have been per- metabolite was found in goats (Alvinerie et al., 1994). In
formed in rats, cattle, sheep, goats, and pigs. The major sheep and cattle, less polar metabolites have been found
metabolites isolated in vivo are 24-OH-H2B1a and 24- in fat tissue, suggesting that in both species liver metabo-
OH-H2B1b in cattle, sheep, and rats (Chiu et al., 1986), lites are esteried with fatty acids and stored in fat as
whereas in pigs O-demethylation derivatives are the major non-polar entities (Chiu et al., 1988). These non-polar
metabolites that have been isolated (300 -O-desmethyl- metabolites have not been described in pigs, as their
28 A. Gonzalez Canga et al. / The Veterinary Journal 179 (2009) 2537
hepatic metabolites lack a primary hydroxyl functional There are large interspecies and inter-individual varia-
group, and would be less favourable substrates for esteri- tions in ivermectin pharmacokinetics. Regarding interspe-
cation in fat. cies variability, the AUC values after SC and oral
Ivermectin is mainly eliminated in the faeces in all spe- administration are almost 2.5 times less in sheep compared
cies regardless of the route of administration, and faecal to horses, and the time to reach the maximum plasma con-
excretion accounts for 90% of the dose administered with centration (tmax) is longer (Marriner et al., 1987). On the
<2% of the dose excreted in urine. Bile is the main route other hand, the Vd could inuence plasma concentrations,
of excretion. As P-glycoprotein is also present in biliary as after IV administration the Vd increases in the following
canalicules, it could contribute to the drugs high faecal manner: cattle < sheep and pigs < goats. Inter-individual
excretion (Laont et al., 2002). Ivermectin is also excreted variation can also be attributed to dierences in body con-
by the mammary gland in dairy cows, sheep, and goats; dition, age, sex, and physiological status (McKellar and
this mode of excretion is related to its high lipophilicity. Marriner, 1987; Bogan and McKellar, 1988; Scott et al.,
After intravenous (IV) administration, the plasma elimina- 1990; McKellar et al., 1991; Scott and McKellar, 1992;
tion half-life appears to be longer for ruminant species than Lanusse et al., 1997; Gayrard et al., 1999; Cerkvenik
for monogastric animals. et al., 2002; Barber et al., 2003).
Excretion is also aected by the formulation and is The eect of malnutrition on ivermectin kinetics has
slower in cattle treated SC with non-aqueous vehicles com- been studied in cattle (Lifschitz et al., 1997). When admin-
pared with aqueous vehicles (Table 5); retention in the istered SC, plasma availability was greater in calves with a
body is also increased due to slow absorption from the restricted diet for 21 days compared to cattle fed ad libitum,
injection site (elimination half-lives are 2.0, 3.7, and 8.3 (undernourished: AUC = 443 ng day/mL, Cmax = 53.9 ng/
days with aqueous, aqueous:glycerol-formal 50:50 v/v, mL; ad libitum: AUC = 286 ng day/mL, Cmax = 48.5 ng/
and propylene glycol:glycerol-formal 60:40 v/v formula- mL). Lifschitz et al. (1997) hypothesised that due to the
tions, respectively) (Lo et al., 1985). Furthermore, excre- lipid solubility of ivermectin, the mobilisation of free fatty
tion is slower with an oily solvent compared with acids from adipose tissue could modify the plasma-adipose
propylene glycol:glycerol-formal (Lifschitz et al., 1999b). tissue exchange pattern. Moreover, ivermectin elimination
Even with the same vehicle, however, the elimination is delayed in undernourished (elimination half-life: 9.7
half-life varies depending on the pharmaceutical prepara- days; clearance: 0.465 L/kg day) versus regularly fed calves
tion (Lifschitz et al., 1999a). The half-life of the non-aque- (elimination half-life: 5.6 days; clearance: 0.733 L/kg day),
ous formulation of ivermectin is longer after SC than IV with signicant dierences in the elimination half-life and
administration, reecting the rate-limiting eect of the clearance. Lifschitz et al. (1997) proposed that dietary
absorption process on the drugs overall kinetics (Lo restrictions could reduce bile ow and, subsequently, bili-
et al., 1985; Echeverra et al., 1997). ary excretion of ivermectin.
A. Gonzalez Canga et al. / The Veterinary Journal 179 (2009) 2537 29
Table 2
Pharmacokinetic models followed by ivermectin in dierent animal species after the administration of the drug by various routes
Animal species Route Model References
Cattle Intravenous Two-compartmental Lo et al. (1985); Bousquet-Melou et al. (2004);
Echeverria et al. (1997)
Subcutaneous One-compartmental Lifschitz et al. (1999b); Toutain et al. (1988)
Two-compartmental Lanusse et al. (1997)
Intraruminal Two-compartmental Alvinerie et al. (1998)
Topical One-compartmental Gayrard et al. (1999)
Sheep Intravenous Two-compartmental Lo et al. (1985); Gonzalez et al. (2007)
Subcutaneous One-compartmental Cerkvenik et al. (2002); Barber et al. (2003);
Echeverra et al. (2002)
Two-compartmental Marriner et al. (1987); Atta and Abo-Shihada (2000)
Goat Intravenous Two-compartmental Gonzalez et al. (2006)
Subcutaneous One-compartmental Alvinerie et al. (1993)
Intraruminal One or two-compartmentala Escudero et al. (1997)
Pig Intravenous Two-compartmental Craven et al. (2001)
Horse Subcutaneous Two-compartmental Marriner et al. (1987)
Oral Two-compartmental Perez et al. (2002)
Dog Intravenous Two-compartmental Lo et al. (1985)
a
Depending on the individual animal.
McKellar et al. (1991) showed that infestation with chitz et al., 1999b); plasma concentrations of 0.5 ng/mL
Nematodirus battus did not modify the kinetics of ivermec- also control Hypoderma spp. ies (Alvinerie et al., 1994).
tin administered SC or orally to sheep. Nevertheless, Ech- Intra-ruminal administration has also been tested in cat-
everra et al. (2002) observed that infestation with tle and results in a lower and earlier plasma peak concen-
Psoroptes spp. resulted in faster absorption with a higher tration and reduced bioavailability. With a single IR
Cmax value after SC treatment, probably due to the smaller dose, the bioavailability was 26% of that following SC
amount of body fat compared to healthy animals. administration (Chiu et al., 1990a). However, a sus-
The pharmacokinetic model describing the kinetics of tained-release bolus (SRB) that delivered 12 mg/day to
ivermectin varies according to the animal species and route the cattle rumen for 135 days yielded a high steady-state
of administration (Table 2). The choice of one model over concentration (20 ng/mL) between days 4 and 120 after
another involves a consideration of pharmacokinetic treatment, oering a desirable drug-release prole for par-
parameters and the ways in which they are calculated. asite control throughout an entire grazing season (Alviner-
ie et al., 1998).
Species considerations Pour-on formulations are used in cattle, as their applica-
tion is less stressful for handlers and animals. Bioavailabil-
Cattle ity is low and does not exceed 15% of that for SC injection
possibly due to wastage or the drug being trapped in the
Table 3 summarises the pharmacokinetic parameters skin and released very slowly over a longer period of time
calculated for dierent routes of administration in cattle. (Gayrard et al., 1999). Thus, the choice of a SC or pour-on
SC administration is the most studied, and the results show route could be important clinically, as topical formulations
a high degree of variability, which may be due to dier- (with a longer action) would be more eective against most
ences in breed, body condition, number of samples or data sensitive parasite species (D. viviparus or Oesophagostomum
points, methods of quantication, and kinetic treatment of radiatum), whereas SC administration should be considered
the data, or to erratic absorption from the injection site. for less sensitive nematodes (Nematodirus helvetianus or
Despite this variability, Campbell and Benz (1984) and Trichostrongylus colubriformis).
Benz et al. (1989) showed that the plasma concentrations With topical application, attention should be paid to the
achieved in cattle are clinically eective against some spe- animals licking behaviour. Laont et al. (2001) observed
cies of endo- and ectoparasites. It is known that ivermectin that the bioavailability of ivermectin was lower in calves
administered SC has persistent anthelmintic activity when licking was prevented (19%) compared to when it
against most gastrointestinal nematodes, lasting for was not (33%). Thus, with licking, a substantial amount
approximately 10 days, and it is active against Dictyocaulus of topically applied ivermectin could access the systemic
viviparus for 21 days (Barth, 1983; Bremner et al., 1983; circulation via oral consumption resulting in subtherapeu-
Armour et al., 1985). In cattle, plasma concentrations of tic concentrations in untreated and licked animals, which
0.51 ng/mL are required for optimal anthelmintic activity can contribute to the development of resistance. Bous-
against most gastrointestinal and lung nematodes (Lifs- quet-Melou et al. (2004) reported that 6.380.4 lg/kg
30 A. Gonzalez Canga et al. / The Veterinary Journal 179 (2009) 2537
Table 3
Absorption pharmacokinetic parameters obtained after ivermectin administration to ruminants
Reference Route Cmax (ng/mL) tmax (h) AUC (ng day/mL) F (%)
Cattle
Lifschitz et al. (1999b)a IM 22.6p 54p 189n,p
Lanusse et al. (1997)e SC 42.8 96 459n
Lo et al. (1985)
Formulation Ab SC 84 24 246(04d) 55
Formulation Bc SC 25 48 186(04d) 41
Formulation Cd SC 13 48 149(04d) 33
Lifschitz et al. (1999b)
Formulation 1a SC 19.9o,p 96o,p 206n,o,p
Formulation 2d SC 35.4o 39.1o 207n,o
Lifschitz et al. (1999a)d
Formulation 3 SC 40.5 48 244n
Formulation 4 SC 46.4 50.9 266n
Lifschitz et al. (2004)d
Formulation D SC 23.6 27.4 231
Formulation E SC 32.7 62 308
Formulation F SC 22 103 262
Formulation G SC 28.4 44.6 242
Chiu et al. (1990a)f SC 133.2 24
Lifschitz et al. (2000) SC 40 24 278n
Echeverria et al. (1997)g SC 33.1 55.9 328.8
Toutain et al. (1988) SC 54.6 34.8
Alvinerie et al. (1998)r IR 28.5 364 247.6 (0160d)
Gayrard et al. (1999)g T 12.2 81.6 121.5(050d)
Laont et al. (2001)
Lickers T 39o 147 595.1o
Non-lickers T 16o 191 381.1o
Sheep
Prichard et al. (1985) IV 375
Gonzalez et al. (2007) IV 197
Bogan and McKellar (1988) SC 32.2 36
McKellar et al. (1991)
Healthy animals SC 30 46 101.7
Parasitized animals SC 35 38.2 175
Cerkvenik et al. (2002)g,h SC 11.9 40.8 64n
Barber et al. (2003)g SC 25.8 29.8 82.1(015d)
Lo et al. (1985)f SC 12 22
Echeverra et al. (2002)g
Healthy animals SC 24.1o 64.1o 207.5o
Parasitized animals SC 41.2o 21.6o 180o
Marriner et al. (1987)e SC 30.8 60 238
Atta and Abo-Shihada (2000)e SC 16.3 62.4 281n
Gonzalez et al. (2007) SC 19.6 3.1 190.7 98.2
Bogan and McKellar (1988)
Ewes O 14.7 24 36.3(07d)
Lambs O 23.6 36 93.7(07d)
McKellar et al. (1991)
Healthy animals O 29 19.3 74.6
Parasitized animals O 21 20 88.8
Mestorino et al. (2003)
Solution O 11.3 31.9 44.7
Tablets O 8.5 43.9 52
Marriner et al. (1987)e O 22 16.4 85 35.7l
Chiu et al. (1990a)f IR 12.5 24
Prichard et al. (1985) IR 17.6 23.5 94.2 25.1m
Prichard et al. (1985) IAB 60.6 4.8 440
Goat
Gonzalez et al. (2006)e IV 153
Gonzalez et al. (2006) SC 21.8 72 144 91.8
A. Gonzalez Canga et al. / The Veterinary Journal 179 (2009) 2537 31
Table 3 (continued)
Reference Route Cmax (ng/mL) tmax (h) AUC (ng day/mL) F (%)
Alvinerie et al. (1993)g,h SC 6.1 68.4 60
Scott et al. (1990)h O 15.9 24 21.5
Escudero et al. (1997)h,p,i IR 9.3 31.2 34.4
Escudero et al. (1997)h,k IR 10.6 29 34.6
Scott et al. (1990)h T 3.9 48 13.2
Cmax = maximum plasma concentration; tmax = time to reach Cmax; AUC = area under the plasma concentrationtime curve; F = bioavailability;
d = day(s); = unknown data.
IM = intramuscular; SC = subcutaneous; IR = intraruminal; T = topical; IV = intravenous (200 lg/kg); O = oral; IAB = intra-abomasal. Doses are
always those recommended by manufacturers, except if indicated.
a
Oily vehicle.
b
Aqueous vehicle.
c
Aqueous-glycerol-formal vehicle (50:50, v/v).
d
Propyleneglycol:glycerol-formal vehicle (60:40, v/v).
e
Two-compartmental model.
f
300 lg/kg.
g
One-compartmental model.
h
Lactating animals.
i
Animals fasted for 36 h before ivermectin administration.
k
Animals fed ad libitum.
l
Relative to subcutaneous.
m
Relative to intra-abomasal.
n
AUC01; if other, it is indicated as superscript in brackets.
o
Signicant dierences within the study.
p
Signicant dierences within the study.
r
Sustained release bolus.
(1.316.1% of a pour-on dose) was ingested by untreated the mammary gland and because of these high concentra-
cattle licking treated cattle. tions milk from dairy cows treated with ivermectin must
The distribution of ivermectin is slow in cattle but be excluded from human consumption.
broad, as demonstrated by the high Vd and the high mean Chiu et al. (1990a) found that with IR treatment, the
residence time (MRT) (Table 5). When administered SC percentage of ivermectin excreted in faeces and urine 7 days
and IR, [3H]ivermectin was detected in all sampled tissues: after administration was 79.7% and 0.5%, respectively, and
the highest concentrations were found in liver and fat; high its concentration in bile was high (273 ng/mL). Alvinerie
levels were also recorded in the kidney and muscle (Chiu et al. (1998) reported that 8090% of drug delivered via
et al., 1990a). Availability was higher in tissues where par- SRB systems was excreted faecally and the drug was
asites usually reside than in plasma at 167%, 163%, and detected in faeces until day 160. This persistent excretion
244% in lungs, intestinal mucosae, and abomasal mucosae, could pose a threat to the ecosystem (through, for example,
respectively, and persisted in most organs for 48 days (Lifs- dung-breeding/dung-feeding invertebrates).
chitz et al., 2000). This could explain the strong ecacy of Following topical application, ivermectin has a longer
ivermectin against parasites in these locations. plasma half-life in cattle prevented from licking (15.1 days)
As in other species, ivermectin metabolism is minimal. than in those that are permitted to lick themselves (6.4
In studies using radiolabelled ivermectin, unchanged drug days); the half-life is also longer than after IV injection (6
represented 52% of the radioactivity in liver and fat (day days) reecting slow absorption through the skin, which
14 after SC treatment). Twenty-eight days after administra- limits later elimination. Laont et al. (2001) measured
tion, these levels decreased to 40% in liver and 19% in fat 69% of the dose in faeces from lickers after 28 days of treat-
(Chiu et al., 1986). Liver metabolites were hydroxylated ment, and only 6.6% of the dose in faeces from non-lickers.
derivatives of ivermectin (Chiu et al., 1986), whereas non- These results are consistent with ivermectin transiting
polar metabolites were detected in fat tissue (Chiu et al., directly through the digestive tract into faeces, which con-
1988). In another study, such non-polar derivatives repre- tributes greatly to the drugs faecal output (Laont et al.,
sented 64% of the radioactivity detected in fat on day 28 2001).
after treatment, and lengthened the depletion time of the
residues in fat compared to residues in liver (Chiu et al., Sheep
1990a).
After SC injection, Chiu et al. (1990a) found that on day Plasma levels of ivermectin are lower in sheep than in
7 after treatment, 1.5% and 62% of ivermectin was found in cattle. The SC bioavailability is highly variable, ranging
urine and faeces, respectively (Chiu et al., 1990a). Toutain from 22% (Lo et al., 1985) to 98.2% (Gonzalez et al.,
et al. (1988) found that 5.5% of a SC dose was secreted via 2007). Plasma concentrations are lower after oral versus
32 A. Gonzalez Canga et al. / The Veterinary Journal 179 (2009) 2537
SC administration (McKellar and Marriner, 1987). Thus, (2002) found that only 2.1% of the dose was transferred
as in other animal species, oral administration yields by treated ewes; this is lower than the oral value (10%).
poorer ecacy and a shorter duration of action. Furthermore, the plasma concentration derived from trea-
As expected, absorption of ivermectin is faster after oral ted dams was only 4% of that found in the same lambs trea-
administration of a solution versus tablets (Mestorino ted orally. Although this seems low, it could have benecial
et al., 2003). The Cmax and AUC obtained after oral eects for lambs due to the high ecacy of ivermectin at a
administration was greater in lambs versus ewes, probably low dosage. On the other hand, treatment of ewes over the
reecting dierences in body composition (especially fat periparturient period has been recommended to reduce fae-
content) and to impaired elimination in lambs (Bogan cal egg output and after only one SC dose this reduced fae-
and McKellar, 1988). Ali and Hennessy (1996) demon- cal output persists for approximately 1 week.
strated that reducing feed intake for 24 h before IR admin-
istration could be a valid option to ensure the ecacy of Goats
ivermectin, as it should increase the drugs bioavailability
and extend its residence time. Studies in goats are limited but plasma levels tend to be
Distribution in the sheep (Table 5) is faster and broader lower than those obtained in cattle and in sheep (Table 3).
than in cattle or dogs (Lo et al., 1985) due to substantial The SC bioavailability is very high (91.8%) (Gonzalez
deposition into adipose tissue, which may act as a drug et al., 2006) and Scott et al. (1990) demonstrated that the
depot (Prichard et al., 1985). The larger fat reservoir in bioavailability of topically administered ivermectin was
sheep compared to cattle could contribute to not only the 61.5% of that found when the drug was orally adminis-
more extensive distribution but also the greater persistence tered; persistence in plasma was, however, more prolonged
in plasma at lower concentrations, probably because less following the percutaneous route.
blood is supplied to fatty tissues (Atta and Abo-Shihada, Ivermectin associates with lipoproteins in goats, prefer-
2000). Likewise, the higher Vd in sheep versus cattle corre- entially high density lipoprotein (88.1%), with binding per-
lates well with the lower plasma concentrations observed in centages of 7.3% for low density lipoprotein, 1.8% for very
sheep. low density lipoprotein, and 2.7% for albumin and a-1 gly-
As with cattle, Chiu et al. (1986) reported that coprotein (Bassissi et al., 2004). This extensive binding to
unchanged ivermectin represented >50% of the radioactiv- lipoproteins could aect the delivery of ivermectin to fat
ity in liver and fat, but in this case on day 3 after IR admin- tissue and consequently relate to its extended presence in
istration. Ivermectin levels decrease faster in sheep than in the body.
cattle (Chiu et al., 1986). The main metabolites isolated in Total body clearance after IV administration (Table 5)
the liver are the same in the two species and accounted for demonstrated the slow elimination process in goats (Gonz-
55% of the radioactivity on day 7 after IR treatment. A sig- alez et al., 2006). Excretion in milk is even lower than in
nicant rst-pass eect was not evident in sheep, as intra- sheep with only 0.31% of the dose recovered in milk 25
abomasal bioavailability was 100% (Prichard et al., 1985). days after SC treatment (Alvinerie et al., 1993). Scott
Prichard et al. (1985) reported that IR administration in et al. (1990) observed that the concentrations excreted in
sheep resulted in a low bioavailability (25%), similar to that milk were similar after oral and topical administration.
obtained in cattle. They also proposed that the ruminal
microora metabolise ivermectin, as 50% disappeared from Pigs
the rumen uid after 2-h incubation. Andrew and Halley
(1996) however attributed this disappearance to the high In pigs treated SC (Table 4), the Cmax and AUC are sig-
level of binding to solids and surfaces. More recently, Lifs- nicantly lower than in calves; this could be related to the
chitz et al. (2005) conrmed that ivermectin was thor- higher distribution and deposition of the drug in fat tissue,
oughly bound to solid ruminal contents (> 90%) without which diminishes plasma levels in this animal species (Lifs-
suering degradation. chitz et al., 1999a). The inuence of body fat levels on iver-
The IV half-life of ivermectin is similar in sheep and cat- mectin kinetics has been investigated in pigs, but the results
tle (Table 5); thus, the lower plasma levels in sheep are due are not clear. Craven et al. (2001) reported that fat content
to a broader distribution rather than to faster elimination had no detectable inuence on ivermectin disposition and
(Lo et al., 1985). In sheep, concentrations in milk are sim- they found no signicant dierences in the pharmacoki-
ilar to those in plasma (Bogan and McKellar, 1988), and netic parameters representative of the distribution process
only 0.71% of a SC dose was excreted through milk (less between two groups of pigs with dierent body conditions
than in cattle, probably due to species dierences in the vol- (Table 6). In another study, these workers compared two
ume and fat content of milk). However, Cerkvenik et al. groups of animals diering in back-fat thickness and
(2001) observed that ivermectin remains stable following weight (71.6 and 38.3 kg) and found that absorption was
thermal treatment, conrming that residues in dairy prod- slower and availability higher in fat pigs. Plasma levels
ucts would be an issue for consumers. were >2 ng/mL until 18 days after treatment in fat pigs
Indirect exposure of untreated sucking lambs to iver- and 11 days in thin pigs, suggesting a longer period of drug
mectin via milk ingestion is negligible; Cerkvenik et al. ecacy (Craven et al., 2002a). When animals with an inter-
A. Gonzalez Canga et al. / The Veterinary Journal 179 (2009) 2537 33
Table 4 domestic species have been found in hepatic and fat metab-
Absorption pharmacokinetic parameters obtained after ivermectin admin- olism; O-demethylation products were the metabolites
istration to monogastric species
found in liver. In contrast to other species, the same deriv-
Reference Route Cmax tmax AUC atives were also present in fat, accounting for the similar
(ng/mL) (h) (ng d/mL)
elimination half-lives (5 days) of residues from liver and
Pigs fat in swine (Chiu et al., 1990).
Scott and McKellar (1992) SC 28.4 27.2 71.41
Lifschitz et al. (1999a)a
Taking into account the half-life, the disappearance of
Formulation 1 SC 33.3 66d 165c ivermectin from plasma (Table 6) is faster in pigs than in
Formulation 2 SC 39.6 22.6d 132c cattle or sheep (Lo et al., 1985), suggesting briefer protec-
Craven et al. (2002a) tion against parasites in this animal species. Clearance is
Animals weighing 38.3 kg SC 9.7 33.2d 85.7d also higher than in ruminant species, which correlates well
Animals weighing 71.6 kg SC 7.4 71.9d 111.7d with the shorter half-life in pigs. On the other hand, body
Craven et al. (2002b) condition does not aect clearance when ivermectin is
Animals weighing 51 kg SC 8 75.1 70.5 administered IV (Craven et al., 2001) or SC (Craven
Animals weighing 60 kg SC 7.2 48 87.7 et al., 2002a,b). Chiu et al. (1990b) reported that on day
7 after SC treatment, the concentrations excreted in faeces
Horse
and urine were half those found in cattle (30% and 0.6% of
Marriner et al. (1987)b SC 60.7 80 550.4
Marriner et al. (1987) O 82.3 3.1 200.9 the dose, respectively). One day after treatment, high con-
Gokbulut et al. (2001) O 21.4 7.9 centrations were found in bile (210 ng/mL) and faeces
Perez et al. (2002)b O 51.3 3.6 137.1(0-30d) (178.5 ng/g) (Scott and McKellar, 1992).
Donkey
Horses
Gokbulut et al. (2005) O 23.6 24.0 119.3
Table 5
Distribution and elimination pharmacokinetic parameters obtained after ivermectin administration to ruminants
Reference Route Vd (L/kg) t1/2a (d) t1/2b (d) MRT (d) t1/2 (d) Cl (L/kg d)
Cattle
Lo et al. (1985)a,b IV 1.9l 2.8
Echeverra et al. (1997)b IV 1.2m 3.4
Laont et al. (2001) IV 6 0.27
Bousquet-Melou et al. (2004)c IV 2.7m 8.1 7.8 0.35
Lifschitz et al. (1999b)d IM 5.2k
Chiu et al. (1990a)a SC 4.3
Echeverra et al. (1997)d SC 5.7
Lanusse et al. (1997)b SC 3.4m 4.2 17.2 7.4 0.48i
Lifschitz et al. (1999b)
Formulation 1d SC 5.9i
Formulation 2e SC 3.99i,k
Lifschitz et al. (1999a)e
Formulation 3 SC 5.3
Formulation 4 SC 6.3
Lifschitz et al. (2000) SC 5.8
Toutain et al. (1988)f,g SC 6.5
Chiu et al. (1990a) IR 3.7
Gayrard et al. (1999) T 8.4
Sheep
Lo et al. (1985)b IV 4.6l 2.7
Prichard et al. (1985) IV 5.3m 7.4 0.56
Gonzalez et al. (2007) IV 3.0l 0.7 9.6 10.3 1.11
Marriner et al. (1987)b SC 3.7
Atta and Abo-Shihada (2000)b SC 5.9 7
Cerkvenik et al. (2002)f,g SC 12.8m 5.2 2.9 3.24i
Echeverra et al. (2002)f
Healthy animals SC 8.8n 8.6 5.6
Parasitized animals SC 6.5n 6.7 5.5
Barber et al. (2003)f SC 1.7
Gonzalez et al. (2007) SC 17.6n 10.3 11 1.11
Marriner et al. (1987)b O 2.6
Atta and Abo-Shihada (2000) O 2.1
Mestorino et al. (2003)
Solution O 3.45 3.6
Tablets O 3.78 3.7
Chiu et al. (1990a)a IR 2.4
Prichard et al. (1985) IR 4.3
Goats
Gonzalez et al. (2006)b IV 2.8l 0.7 7.4 1.56
Gonzalez et al. (2006) SC 12.8n 8.3 5.6 1.43
Alvinerie et al. (1993)m,g SC 7.9 4.03
Escudero et al. (1997)g IR 2.62.8 1.181.24
Vd = volume of distribution; Vss = volume of distribution at steady state; t1/2a = half-life associated with a phase; t1/2b = half-life associated with b phase;
MRT = mean residence time; t1/2 = half-life; Cl = total body clearance; = unknown data. IV = intravenous; IM = intramuscular; SC = subcutaneous;
IR = intraruminal; T = topical; O = oral; d = day. Doses are always those recommended by manufacturers, except if indicated.
h
VSS/F.
a
300 lg/kg.
b
Two-compartment model.
c
70 lg/kg.
d
Oily vehicle.
e
Propyleneglycol:glycerol-formal vehicle (60:40, v/v).
f
One-compartment model.
g
Lactating animals.
i
Signicant dierences within the study.
k
Signicant dierences within the study.
l
Vc (volume of distribution in the central compartment).
m
Vss.
n
Va (volume of distribution of the area).
A. Gonzalez Canga et al. / The Veterinary Journal 179 (2009) 2537 35
Table 6
Distribution and elimination pharmacokinetic parameters obtained after ivermectin administration to pigs
Reference Route Vc (L/kg) t1/2a (d) t1/2b (d) MRT (d) t1/2 (d) Cl (L/kg d)
a
Craven et al. (2001)
Animals weighing 28.5 kg IV 2.7 (5.1*) 0.14 1.18 0.5b 4.15
Animals weighing 41.7 kg IV 2.1 (5.3*) 0.15 1.33 0.7b 4.01
Lo et al. (1985) SC 0.5
Scott and McKellar (1992) SC 1.5
Lifschitz et al. (1999a) SC 3.53.8
Craven et al. (2002a)
Animals weighing 38.3 kg SC 8.1 3.55
Animals weighing 71.6 kg SC 9.8 2.75
Craven et al. (2002 b)
Animals weighing 50 kg SC 8.4 2.28 4.47
Animals weighing 60 kg SC 9.6 2.55 3.64
Vc; = volume of distribution in the central compartment; t1/2a = half-life associated with a phase; t1/2b = half-life associated with b phase; MRT = mean
residence time; t1/2 = half-life; Cl = total body clearance.
a
Two-compartmental model.
b
Signicant dierences within the study; = unknown data. IV = intravenous; SC = subcutaneous. Doses are always those recommended by man-
ufacturers, except if indicated.
*
Vss = volume of distribution at steady state.
ment) is 2.4 L/kg in dogs injected IV, intermediate between Andrew, N.W., Halley, B.A., 1996. Stability of ivermectin in rumen uids.
values obtained in cattle and sheep (Lo et al., 1985). On the Journal of Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics 19, 295299.
Armour, J., Bairden, K., Batty, A.F., Davison, C.C., Ross, D.B., 1985.
other hand, excretion is more rapid in dogs versus cattle or Persistent anthelmintic activity of ivermectin in cattle. The Veterinary
sheep (IV elimination half-life = 1.8 days) (Lo et al., 1985). Record 116, 151153.
Atta, A.H., Abo-Shihada, M.N., 2000. Comparative pharmacokinetics of
Conclusions doramectin and ivermectin in sheep. Journal of Veterinary Pharma-
cology and Therapeutics 23, 4952.
Barber, S., Bowles, V., Lespine, A., Alvinerie, M., 2003. The comparative
Although the ecacy of ivermectin has been established serum disposition kinetics of subcutaneous administration of dora-
across a variety of domestic species, its pharmacokinetic mectin, ivermectin and moxidectin in the Australian merino sheep.
properties dier between them, and the factors responsible Journal of Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics 26, 343348.
for modifying ivermectins pharmacokinetics should be Barth, D., 1983. Persistent anthelmintic eect of ivermectin in cattle. The
taken into account to ensure its clinical ecacy, prevent Veterinary Record 113, 300.
Bassissi, M.F., Alvinerie, M., Lespine, A., 2004. Macrocyclic lactones:
subtherapeutic levels, and minimise the development of distribution in plasma lipoproteins of several animal species including
resistance. humans. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 138, 437444.
Benz, G.W., Roncalli, R.A., Gross, S.J., 1989. Use of ivermectin in cattle,
References sheep, goats, and swine. In: Campbell, W.C. (Ed.), Ivermectin and
Abamectin. Springer-Verlag, New York, pp. 215229.
Ali, D.N., Hennessy, D.R., 1996. The eect of level of feed intake on Bogan, J.A., McKellar, Q.A., 1988. The pharmacodynamics of ivermectin
the pharmacokinetic disposition and ecacy of ivermectin in in sheep and cattle. Journal of Veterinary Pharmacology and Ther-
sheep. Journal of Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics 19, apeutics 11, 260268.
8994. Bousquet-Melou, A., Mercadier, S., Alvinerie, M., Toutain, P.L., 2004.
Alvinerie, M., Sutra, J.F., Galtier, P., 1993. Ivermectin in goat plasma and Endectocide exchanges between grazing cattle after pour-on adminis-
milk after subcutaneous injection. Annales de Recherches Veterinaires tration of doramectin, ivermectin and moxidectin. International
24, 417421. Journal of Parasitology 34, 12991307.
Alvinerie, M., Sutra, J.F., Galtier, P., Lifschitz, A., Virkel, G., Sallovitz, Bremner, K.C., Berrie, D.A., Hotson, I.K., 1983. Persistence of the
J., Lanusse, C., 1998. Persistence of ivermectin in plasma and faeces anthelmintic activity of ivermectin in calves. The Veterinary Record
following administration of a sustained-release bolus to cattle. 113, 569.
Research in Veterinary Science 66, 5761. Campbell, W.C., 1989. Ivermectin and Abamectin. Springer-Verlag, New
Alvinerie, M., Sutra, J.F., Galtier, P., Toutain, P.L., 1994. Microdose York.
divermectine chez la vaca laitiere: concentrations plasmatiques et Campbell, W.C., Benz, G.W., 1984. Ivermectin: a review of ecacy
residus dans le lait. Recueil de Medecine Veterinaire 145, 761764. and safety. Journal of Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics
Alvinerie, M., Tardieu, D., Sutra, J.F., Bojensen, G., Galtier, P., 1994. 7, 116.
Metabolic prole of ivermectin in goats: an in vivo and in vitro Cerkvenik, V., Doganoc, D.Z., Skubic, V., Beek, W.M.J., Keukens,
evaluation. In: Lees, P. (Ed.), European Association for Veterinary H.J., 2001. Thermal and long-term freezing stability of ivermectin
Pharmacology and Toxicology. Proceedings of the 6th International residues in sheep milk. European Food Research and Technology
Congress. Blackwell Scientic Publications, Edinburgh, p. 262. 213, 7276.
Anderson, R.R., 1984. The use of ivermectin in horses: research and Cerkvenik, V., Grabnar, I., Skubic, V., Doganoc, D.Z., Beek, W.M.,
clinical observations. Compendium on Continuing Education 6, S517 Keukens, H.J., Drobnic, M., Pogacnik, M., 2002. Ivermectin phar-
S520. macokinetics in lactating sheep. Veterinary Parasitology 104, 175185.
36 A. Gonzalez Canga et al. / The Veterinary Journal 179 (2009) 2537
Chiu, S.H.L., Carlin, R., Taub, R., Sestokas, E., Zweig, J., Vandenheuvel, Lanusse, C., Lifschitz, A., Virkel, G., Alvarez, L., Sanchez, S., Sutra,
W.J., Jacob, T.A., 1988. Comparative metabolic disposition of J.F., Galtier, P., Alvinerie, M., 1997. Comparative plasma
ivermectin in fat tissues of cattle, sheep, and rats. Drug Metabolism disposition kinetics of ivermectin, moxidectin and doramectin in
and Disposition 16, 728736. cattle. Journal of Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics 20,
Chiu, S.H.L., Green, M.L., Baylis, F.P., Eline, D., Rosegay, A., 9199.
Meriwether, H., Jacob, T.A., 1990a. Absorption, tissue distribu- Lifschitz, A., Murno, G., Pis, A., Sallovitz, J., Virkel, G., Lanusse, C.,
tion, and excretion of tritium-labeled ivermectin in cattle, sheep, 1997. Malnutrition modies the disposition kinetics of ivermectin in
and rat. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 38, 2072 calves. Journal of Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics 20, 71
2078. 72.
Chiu, S.H.L., Sestokas, E., Taub, R., Buhs, R.P., Green, M., Sestokas, R., Lifschitz, A., Pis, A., Alvarez, L., Virkel, G., Sanchez, S., Sallovitz, J.,
Vandenheuvel, W.J., Arison, B.H., Jacob, T.A., 1986. Metabolic Kujanek, R., Lanusse, C., 1999a. Bioequivalence of ivermectin
disposition of ivermectin in tissues of cattle, sheep, and rats. Drug formulations in pigs and cattle. Journal of Veterinary Pharmacology
Metabolism and Disposition 14, 590600. and Therapeutics 22, 2734.
Chiu, S.H.L., Sestokas, E., Taub, R., Green, M.L., Baylis, F.P., Jacob, Lifschitz, A., Sallovitz, J., Imperiale, F., Pis, A., Lorda, J., Lanusse, C.,
T.A., Lu, A.Y.H., 1990b. Metabolic disposition of ivermectin in swine. 2004. Pharmacokinetic evaluation of four generic formulations in
Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 38, 20792085. calves. Veterinary Parasitology 119, 247257.
Craven, J., Bjrn, H., Hennesy, D., Friis, C., Nansen, P., 2001. Lifschitz, A., Virkel, G., Ballent, M., Sallovitz, J., Pis, A., Lanusse, C.,
Pharmacokinetics of moxidectin and ivermectin following intravenous 2005. Moxidectin and ivermectin metabolic stability in sheep ruminal
injection in pigs with dierent body compositions. Journal of Veter- and abomasal contents. Journal of Veterinary Pharmacology and
inary Pharmacology and Therapeutics 24, 99104. Therapeutics 28, 411418.
Craven, J., Bjrn, H., Hennesy, D.R., Friis, C., 2002a. The eects of body Lifschitz, A., Virkel, G., Pis, A., Imperiale, F., Sanchez, S., Alvarez, L.,
composition on the pharmacokinetics of subcutaneously injected Kujanek, R., Lanusse, C., 1999b. Ivermectin disposition kinetics after
ivermectin and moxidectin in pigs. Journal of Veterinary Pharmacol- subcutaneous and intramuscular administration of an oil-based
ogy and Therapeutics 25, 227232. formulation to cattle. Veterinary Parasitology 86, 203215.
Craven, J., Hennessy, D.R., Friis, C., 2002b. Does the rate of fat Lifschitz, A., Virkel, G., Sallovitz, J., Sutra, J.F., Galtier, P., Alvinerie,
deposition inuence the pharmacokinetic disposition of subcutane- M., Lanusse, C., 2000. Comparative distribution of ivermectin and
ously administered moxidectin and ivermectin in pigs? Journal of doramectin to parasite location tissues in cattle. Veterinary Parasitol-
Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics 25, 351357. ogy 87, 327338.
Daurio, C.P., Cheung, E.N., Jecoat, A.R., Skelly, B.J., 1992. Bioavail- Lo, P.K.A., Fink, D.W., Williams, J.B., Blodinger, J., 1985. Pharmaco-
ability of ivermectin administered orally to dogs. Veterinary Research kinetic studies of ivermectin: eects of formulation. Veterinary
Communications 16, 125130. Research Communications 9, 251258.
Echeverra, J., Mestorino, N., Errecalde, J., 2002. Comparative pharma- Marriner, S.E., McKinnon, I., Bogan, J.A., 1987. The pharmacokinetics
cokinetics of ivermectin after its subcutaneous administration in of ivermectin after oral and subcutaneous administration to sheep and
healthy sheep and sheep infected with mange. Journal of Veterinary horses. Journal of Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics 10, 175
Pharmacology and Therapeutics 25, 159160. 179.
Echeverra, J., Mestorino, N., Giorgieri, S., Turic, E., Alt, M., Errecalde, McKellar, Q.A., Benchaoui, H.A., 1996. Avermectins and milbemyc-
J., 1997. Pharmacokinetics of ivermectin after its intravenous and ins. Journal of Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics 19,
subcutaneous administration to cattle. Journal of Veterinary Pharma- 331351.
cology and Therapeutics 20, 7778. McKellar, Q.A., Jackson, F., Coop, R.L., Jackson, E., Scott, E., 1991.
Escudero, E., Carceles, C.M., Galtier, P., Alvinerie, M., 1997. Inuence of Eect of parasitism with Nematodirus battus on the pharmacokinetics
fasting on the pharmacokinetics of ivermectin in goats. Journal of of levamisole, ivermectin, and netobimin. Veterinary Parasitology 39,
Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics 20, 7172. 123136.
Gayrard, V., Alvinerie, M., Toutain, P.L., 1999. Comparison of pharma- McKellar, Q.A., Marriner, S.E., 1987. Comparison of the anthelmintic
cokinetic proles of doramectin and ivermectin pour-on formulations ecacy of oxfendazole or ivermectin administered orally and ivermec-
in cattle. Veterinary Parasitology 81, 4755. tin administered subcutaneously to sheep during the periparturient
Gokbulut, C., Boyacioglu, M., Karademir, U., 2005. Plasma pharmaco- period. The Veterinary Record 18, 383386.
kinetics and faecal excretion of ivermectin (Eqvalan paste) and Mestorino, N., Turic, E., Pesoa, J., Echeverra, J., Errecalde, J.O., 2003.
doramectin (Dectomax, 1%) following oral administration in don- Pharmacokinetics in plasma of ivermectin after its oral (solution and
keys. Research in Veterinary Science 79, 233238. tablets) administration to sheep. Journal of Veterinary Pharmacology
Gokbulut, C., Nolan, A.M., McKellar, Q.A., 2001. Plasma pharmacoki- and Therapeutics 26, 307309.
netics and faecal excretion of ivermectin, doramectin and moxidectin Molento, M.B., Lifschitz, A., Sallovitz, J., Lanusse, C., Prichard, R., 2004.
following oral administration in horses. Equine Veterinary Journal 33, Inuence of verapamil on the pharmacokinetics of the antiparasitic
494498. drugs ivermectin and moxidectin in sheep. Parasitology Research 92,
Gonzalez, A., Sahagun, A., Diez, M.J., Fernandez, N., Sierra, M., Garcia, 121127.
J.J., 2007. Bioavailability of a commercial formulation of ivermectin Perez, R., Cabezas, I., Godoy, C., Rubilar, L., Munoz, L., Arboix, M.,
after subcutaneous administration to sheep. American Journal of Castells, G., Alvinerie, M., 2002. Pharmacokinetics of doramectin and
Veterinary Research 68, 101106. ivermectin after oral administration in horses. The Veterinary Journal
Gonzalez, A., Sahagun, A.M., Diez, M.J., Fernandez, N., Sierra, M., 163, 161167.
Garcia, J.J., 2006. Pharmacokinetics of a novel formulation of Perez, R., Cabezas, I., Sutra, J.F., Galtier, P., Alvinerie, M., 2001. Fecal
ivermectin after administration to goats. American Journal of Veter- excretion prole of moxidectin and ivermectin after oral administra-
inary Research 67, 323328. tion in horses. The Veterinary Journal 161, 8592.
Laont, C.M., Alvinerie, M., Bousquet-Melou, A., Toutain, P.L., 2001. Prichard, R.K., Steel, J.W., Lacey, E., Hennessy, D.R., 1985. Pharmaco-
Licking behaviour and environmental contamination arising from kinetics of ivermectin in sheep following intravenous, intra-abomasal
pour-on ivermectin for cattle. International Journal of Parasitology 3, or intraruminal administration. Journal of Veterinary Pharmacology
16871692. and Therapeutics 8, 8894.
Laont, C.M., Toutain, P.L., Alvinerie, M., Bousquet-Melou, A., 2002. Rohrer, S.P., Evans, D.V., 1990. Binding characteristics of ivermectin in
Intestinal secretion is a major route for parent ivermectin elimination plasma from Collie dogs. Veterinary Research Communications 14,
in the rat. Drug Metabolism and Disposition 30, 626630. 157165.
A. Gonzalez Canga et al. / The Veterinary Journal 179 (2009) 2537 37
Scott, E.W., Kinabo, L.D., McKellar, Q.A., 1990. Pharmacokinetics of Steel, J.W., 1993. Pharmacokinetics and metabolism of avermectins in
ivermectin after oral administration to adult milking goats. Journal of livestock. Veterinary Parasitology 48, 4547.
Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics 13, 432435. Toutain, P.L., Campan, M., Galtier, P., Alvinerie, M., 1988. Kinetic
Scott, E.W., McKellar, Q.A., 1992. The distribution and some pharma- and insecticidal properties of ivermectin residues in the milk of
cokinetic parameters of ivermectin in pigs. Veterinary Research dairy cows. Journal of Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics
Communications 16, 139146. 11, 288291.
ELECTRONICCODEOFFEDERALREGULATIONS
eCFRdataiscurrentasofDecember1,2016
Title21ChapterISubchapterEPart522522.1192
Title21:FoodandDrugs
PART522IMPLANTATIONORINJECTABLEDOSAGEFORMNEWANIMALDRUGS
522.1192Ivermectin.
(a)Specifications(1)Eachmilliliter(mL)ofsolutioncontains20milligrams(mg)ivermectin.
(2)EachmLofsolutioncontains10mgivermectin.
(3)EachmLofsolutioncontains2.7mgivermectin.
(b)Sponsors.Seesponsorsin510.600(c)ofthischapterforuseasinparagraph(e)ofthissection.
(1)No.050604foruseoftheproductdescribedinparagraph(a)(1)ofthissectionasinparagraph(e)(1)ofthis
sectiontheproductdescribedinparagraph(a)(2)ofthissectionasinparagraphs(e)(2),(e)(3),(e)(4),and(e)(5)ofthis
sectionandtheproductdescribedinparagraph(a)(3)ofthissectionasinparagraphs(e)(3)and(e)(6)ofthissection.
(2)Nos.016592,055529,058005,and061623foruseoftheproductdescribedinparagraph(a)(2)ofthissectionas
inparagraphs(e)(2),(e)(3),(e)(4),and(e)(5)ofthissection.
(d)Specialconsiderations(1)See500.25ofthischapter.
(2)Labelingshallbearthefollowingprecaution:Thisproductshouldnotbeusedinotheranimalspeciesassevere
adversereactions,includingfatalitiesindogs,mayresult.
(e)Conditionsofuse(1)Horses(i)Amount.200microgramsperkilogram(g/kg)ofbodyweightbyintramuscular
injection.
(ii)Indicationsforuse.Forthetreatmentandcontroloflargestrongyles(adult)(Strongylusvulgaris,S.edentatus,
Triodontophorusspp.),smallstrongyles(adultandfourthstagelarvae)(Cyathostomumspp.,Cylicocyclusspp.,
Cylicostephanusspp.),pinworms(adultandfourthstagelarvae)(Oxyurisequi),largeroundworms(adult)(Parascaris
equorum),hairworms(adult)(Trichostrongylusaxei),largemouthstomachworms(adult)(Habronemamuscae),neck
threadworms(microfilariae)(Onchocercaspp.),andstomachbots(Gastrophilusspp.).
(iii)Limitations.Notforuseinhorsesintendedforhumanconsumption.Federallawrestrictsthisdrugtousebyoron
theorderofalicensedveterinarian.
(2)Cattle(i)Amount.200g/kgofbodyweightbysubcutaneousinjection.
(ii)Indicationsforuse.Forthetreatmentandcontrolofgastrointestinalnematodes(adultsandfourthstagelarvae)
(Haemonchusplacei,Ostertagiaostertagi(includinginhibitedlarvae),O.lyrata,Trichostrongylusaxei,T.colubriformis,
Cooperiaoncophora,C.punctata,C.pectinata,Oesophagostomumradiatum,Nematodirushelvetianus(adultsonly),N.
spathiger(adultsonly),Bunostomumphlebotomum)lungworms(adultsandfourthstagelarvae)(Dictyocaulusviviparus)
grubs(parasiticstages)(Hypodermabovis,H.lineatum)suckinglice(Linognathusvituli,Haematopinuseurysternus,
Solenopotescapillatus)mites(scabies)(Psoroptesovis(syn.P.communisvar.bovis),Sarcoptesscabieivar.bovis).For
controlofinfectionsandtoprotectfromreinfectionwithD.viviparusandO.radiatumfor28daysaftertreatmentO.
ostertagi,T.axei,andC.punctatafor21daysaftertreatmentH.placeiandC.oncophorafor14daysaftertreatment.
(iii)Limitations.Donottreatcattlewithin35daysofslaughter.Becauseawithdrawaltimeinmilkhasnotbeen
established,donotuseinfemaledairycattleofbreedingage.Awithdrawalperiodhasnotbeenestablishedforthis
productinpreruminatingcalves.Donotuseincalvestobeprocessedforveal.
(3)Swine(i)Amount.300g/kgofbodyweightbysubcutaneousinjection.
(ii)Indicationsforuse.Forthetreatmentandcontrolofgastrointestinalroundworms(adultsandfourthstagelarvae)
(largeroundworm,Ascarissuumredstomachworm,Hyostrongylusrubidusnodularworm,Oesophagostomumspp.
threadworm,Strongyloidesransomi(adultsonly))somaticroundwormlarvae(threadworm,S.ransomi(somaticlarvae))
lungworms(Metastrongylusspp.(adultsonly))lice(H.suis)andmites(S.scabieivar.suis).
(iii)Limitations.Donottreatswinewithin18daysofslaughter.
(4)Americanbison(i)Amount.200g/kgofbodyweightbysubcutaneousinjection.
(ii)Indicationsforuse.Forthetreatmentandcontrolofgrubs(H.bovis).
(iii)Limitations.Donotslaughterwithin56daysoflasttreatment.
(5)Reindeer(i)Amount.200g/kgofbodyweightbysubcutaneousinjection.
(ii)Indicationsforuse.Forthetreatmentandcontrolofwarbles(Oedemagenatarandi).
(iii)Limitations.Donottreatreindeerwithin56daysofslaughter.
(6)Ranchraisedfoxes(i)Amount.200g/kgofbodyweightbysubcutaneousinjection.Repeatin3weeks.
(ii)Indicationsforuse.Fortreatmentandcontrolofearmites(Otodectescynotis).
[72FR27735,May17,2007,asamendedat72FR62771,Nov.7,200774FR9049,Mar.2,200975FR26647,May12,201076
FR57906,Sept.19,201178FR17597,Mar.22,201381FR59134,Aug.29,2016]
Needassistance?
British Veterinary Zoological Sociey Proceedings May 2008
Aiden Foster
[email protected]
Introduction
The South American camelids (SACs): Lama glama (llama), L. quanicoe (guanaco), Vicugna
pacos (alpaca), and V. vicugna (vicua) have been growing in popularity as sources of hair (fibre) in
North America and Europe. Dermatological problems can be a major challenge for veterinary
clinicians dealing with alpaca herds. The aim of this article is to review some of the ectoparasitic skin
conditions that may be found in alpacas and llamas in the United Kingdom. Other aspects of skin
conditions in SACs have been briefly reviewed elsewhere (Foster et al. 2007).
Chorioptic Mange
Chorioptic mange in SACs is usually assumed to involve Chorioptes bovis. Clinical signs
may include mild pruritus, alopecia and scaling of the feet and tail base with extension to the ventral
abdomen, medial limbs, and the ears. Chorioptes mites may be found by collecting superficial skin
scrapings from animals with or without overt signs of skin disease. While the distribution of clinical
signs may be similar to Sarcoptic mange some authors propose that one difference is that the skin can
be very thickened in sarcoptic mange. However, like many chronic skin problems, thickening may
also be a feature of idiopathic hyperkeratosis syndromes and chronic Chorioptic mange. Ideally all
animals in the group should be sampled because like horses with Chorioptic mange there may be mild
or absent clinical signs but mites could still be present consistent with asymptomatic carriage. This
may reflect that some animals like horses may harbour low-level infestations with no ill effect, while
some other animals with severe skin problems may be suffering from a hypersensitivity response.
Good sites for collecting scrapings are the dorsal interdigital and axilla areas. Skin scale and
debris can be collected with a blunted size 10 scalpel blade and mounted with a cover slip in liquid
paraffin. The mites are quite large and can be seen with the naked eye when present in large numbers,
although low power microscopic examination will be required to identify the mites.
Psoroptic mange
The typical lesion of infestation is crusting associated with papules and serum exudate from
the site of where the mites have been feeding on superficial exudate and skin debris by abrading the
stratum corneum of the epidermis with their mouthparts. Pruritus and fibre loss is particularly
associated with the pinna and ear canal, although the pruritus and mite distribution has also been
reported to be generalised and not to include the ear canal. Other locations may include the shoulders,
back, sides, tail head, perineum, nares, axillae, groin, neck and legs.
There is currently some debate about the identification of Psoroptes mites and so it is prudent
to call SAC isolates Psoroptes sp. until further analysis has been carried out. There is an obvious
concern about SACs being a potential reservoir for the infestation of sheep with sheep scab mites.
Microscopic examination of superficial skin scrapes and ear swabs rubbed into the vertical ear canal
and then rolled into liquid paraffin on a slide should enable identification of the mites with their
characteristic morphology. Chorioptes mites may also be found in the ear canal and on the pinnae.
The University of Bristol have a PhD study looking at goats, llamas and alpacas as potential reservoir hosts of
Psoroptes ovis in the UK; for more information please contact Dr Eric Morgan or Prof Richard Wall (School of
Biological Sciences).
Sarcoptic mange
Clinical signs of infestation with Sarcoptes scabiei var auchinae include pruritus (which can
be severe) with hyperaemia, papules, pustules with crusting present on limbs including between the
toes, medial thighs, ventral abdomen, chest, axilla, perineum and prepuce. There is a significant
zoonotic risk of spread to human handlers with this disease. Again microscopic examination of
superficial skin scrapings should allow identification of mites. Infestation may arise from other
species.
- 30 -
British Veterinary Zoological Sociey Proceedings May 2008
Lice
Infestation with biting lice (Bovicola breviceps) has been reported in Australia, New Zealand
and the UK (Duff et al. 1999) while sucking lice (Microthoracius sp) have not been reported in the
UK. Clinical signs may include pruritus with matted hair and alopecia in heavy infestations. Lesions
are most likely to be observed at the base of the tail and along the neck and trunk in biting lice, and
around the head, neck and withers in sucking lice. While sucking lice may respond to injectable
ivermectin-based products, the topical therapies available for biting lice are limited. In the UK,
alpacas could be treated with topical permethrin-based products such as deltamethrin as a spot-on/pour
on product. The prevalence of lice in SACs in the UK is unknown.
- 31 -
British Veterinary Zoological Sociey Proceedings May 2008
Despite the apparent poor absorption of topical and subcutaneous injections of ivermectin a number of
authors have used ivermectin at 200 micrograms / kg by subcutaneous injection with variable, but
usually good, effect for the treatment of various parasite species including psoroptic and sarcoptic
mange, and sucking lice in SACs. Similarly good responses may be observed with the topical use of
products containing eprinomectin, doramectin and moxidectin.
There is clearly a need for controlled clinical trial work to clarify the dosing regimen for
macrocyclic lactones and other products for alpacas and llamas with various types of mite (or lice)
infestation.
References
DAlterio GL, Jackson AP, Knowles TG Foster AP (2005a) Comparative study of the efficacy of
eprinomectin versus ivermectin, and field efficacy of eprinomectin only, for the treatment of
Chorioptes mange in alpacas. Veterinary Parasitology 130, 267-275.
D Alterio GL, Callaghan C, Just C, Manner-Smith A, Foster AP, Knowles TG (2005b) Prevalence of
Chorioptes sp. mite infestation in alpaca (Lama pacos) in the south-west of England:
implications for skin health. Small Ruminant Research 57, 221-228.
Duff JP, Maxwell AJ, Claxton JR (1999) Chronic and fatal fascioliasis in llamas in the UK. Veterinary
Record 145: 315-6.
Foster AP, Jackson AP, D' Alterio GL (2007) Skin diseases of South American camelids. In Practice
29, 216-223.
Lau P, Hill PB, Rybnek J, Steel L (2007) Sarcoptic mange in three alpacas treated successfully with
amitraz. Veterinary Dermatology 18: 272277.
- 32 -
SITUACIN ACTUAL DE LOS CAMLIDOS
SUDAMERICANOS EN PER
Junio, 2005
INDICE
INDICE................................................................................................................................... 2
PROLOGO ............................................................................................................................. 3
RESUMEN EJECUTIVO ...................................................................................................... 5
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .................................................................................................... 7
1. INTRODUCCIN........................................................................................................... 11
2. CENSO Y DISTRIBUCION DE LOS CAMELIDOS SUDAMERICANOS ......... 13
2.1 ALPACAS ............................................................................................................. 13
2.2 LLAMAS.............................................................................................................. 15
2.3 VICUAS Y GUANACOS .................................................................................. 16
3. CARACTERIZACIN SOCIOECONMICA DE LOS PRODUCTORES DE
CAMLIDOS................................................................................................................... 19
4. SISTEMAS DE EXPLOTACIN: ESPECIES DOMESTICAS............................. 21
4.1. ESTRUCTURA DE LOS REBAOS POR EDAD Y SEXO ........................... 22
4.2. PRACTICAS DE MANEJO................................................................................. 23
4.2.1. Alimentacin ................................................................................................. 23
4.2.2. Empadre (Manejo reproductivo) ................................................................... 24
4.2.3 Paricin y destete............................................................................................ 26
4.2.4 Esquila ............................................................................................................ 26
4.2.5 Seleccin y mejoramiento gentico................................................................ 28
5. MANEJO DE LA VICUA........................................................................................ 31
6. APROVECHAMIENTO DE LA FIBRA.................................................................... 33
6.1 Fibra de alpaca........................................................................................................ 33
6.2 Fibra de llama. ........................................................................................................ 36
6.3 Fibra de vicua ....................................................................................................... 37
7. APROVECHAMIENTO DE LA CARNE .................................................................. 39
8. PREVENCION Y CONTROL DE ENFERMEDADES.............................................. 43
8.1 ENFERMEDADES INFECCIOSAS ..................................................................... 44
8.1.1 ENFERMEDADES DE CRIAS. ..................................................................... 44
8.1.2 ENFERMEDADES DE TUIS Y ADULTOS ................................................ 46
8.2 ENFERMEDADES PARASITARIAS ................................................................. 46
8.2.1 NEUMOGASTROENTERITIS PARASITARIA.......................................... 47
8.2.2 SARCOCISTIOSIS ........................................................................................ 48
8.2.3 HIDATIDOSIS............................................................................................... 49
8.2.4 DISTOMATOSIS.......................................................................................... 49
8.2.5 ENFERMEDADES PRODUCIDAS POR ECTOPARSITOS.................... 49
9. CONCLUSIONES Y PERSPECTIVAS ...................................................................... 51
REFERENCIAS BIBLIOGRAFICAS ............................................................................. 53
ANEXO I.............................................................................................................................. 56
ANEXO II ............................................................................................................................ 60
3
PROLOGO
Los Camlidos Sudamericanos (CSA) son una riqueza pecuaria y gentica de las poblaciones
andinas. Bajo el trmino CSA se incluyen dos especies domsticas, la alpaca (Lama pacos) y la
llama (Lama glama), y a dos silvestres, la vicua (Lama vicugna) y el guanaco (Lama guanicoe).
Los CSA son fuente de fibra, carne, de trabajo y de muchos productos que son indispensables para
la subsistencia de un amplio sector de la poblacin alto andina, destacndose su eficiencia en el uso
de la tierra en un ambiente adverso como lo son las frgiles praderas de los pramos andinos de los
cinco pases donde se concentra la mayor poblacin natural de estas especies; Argentina, Bolivia,
Chile, Ecuador y Per.
El rol de los CSA en la seguridad alimentaria es de gran importancia en las poblaciones asentadas
en las zonas alto-andinas, por ser un medio de carga y transporte, por su fibra para vestimenta, la
carne como fuente de protena, los excrementos como combustible y fertilizante. Se estima que el
90 por ciento de las alpacas y la totalidad de las llamas se encuentra en manos de pequeos
productores de subsistencia de estos asentamientos.
La crianza de alpacas y llamas es una actividad econmica relevante para las regiones andinas,
destacando la produccin de fibra fundamentalmente la de alpaca que posee una alta valoracin en
los mercados internacionales por su fina textura.
La carne en forma contraria, tanto de llama como de alpaca, posee un consumo bajsimo en los
medios urbanos, pese a sus extraordinarias cualidades nutritivas, como lo son el bajo porcentaje de
grasa y un nivel de protena ms alto en relacin a otras especies, caractersticas adecuadas para los
perfiles nutricionales de las sociedades modernas.
El mayor problema que limita la aceptacin de la carne de camlidos para el consumo humano, es el
de la sarcocistiosis, enfermedad parasitaria que no afecta al hombre pero altera su aceptabilidad al
generar un aspecto desagradable al producto, y ser confundida con otra parasitosis de alto potencial
zoontico. Se suma a ello que se considera a la carne de camlidos como alimento nico de
campesinos y no para las poblaciones urbanas debido a la idiosincrasia entre las personas del
burgo.
La FAO desea agradecer al Sr. Sal Fernndez-Baca autor de este documento, por la dedicacin
empleada para su elaboracin, el que recopila informacin actualizada de la biologa, la patologa y
estado situacional de los CSA en Per. Este documento pertenece a una serie de cinco trabajos
realizados bajo el marco del proyecto, que describen las condiciones actuales de los CSA en
Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, Ecuador y Per.
M. Vargas-Tern
Oficial de Salud Animal FAO/RLC
5
RESUMEN EJECUTIVO
Este informe es el resultado de una consultora dentro del Proyecto TCP/RLA/2914, Apoyo a la
crianza y aprovechamiento de los camlidos sudamericanos en la Regin Andina, financiado por la
Organizacin de las Naciones Unidas para la Agricultura y la Alimentacin (FAO) y ejecutado por
la Universidad Peruana Cayetano Heredia, en colaboracin con el Consejo Nacional de Camlidos
Sudamericanos.
Ms del 80 por ciento de las alpacas y la casi totalidad de llamas son de propiedad de comunidades
campesinas y pequeos productores de muy escasos recursos y carentes de servicios y vas de
comunicacin adecuados. El resto de alpacas se distribuye entre los medianos productores y las
empresas asociativas.
Las prcticas de manejo de alpacas y llamas, en la mayora de casos, son de tipo tradicional,
carentes de innovaciones tecnolgicas. Enfrentan problemas de diversa ndole siendo las ms
relevantes la alta mortalidad de cras y la deficiente calidad de la carne debido a la presencia de
sarcocistes. A esto se agregan las bajas tasas de natalidad debido a la mortalidad embrionaria y
deficiente manejo reproductivo, el empobrecimiento de las praderas de pastos naturales debido al
sobrepastoreo, la baja calidad de la fibra debido a la falta de programas de seleccin. Todo ello
resulta en baja produccin y pobre rentabilidad para el productor.
La vicua est considerada como un patrimonio nacional pero est autorizado su usufructo por las
comunidades campesinas y otras personas naturales o jurdicas en cuyo territorio pastan las vicuas,
bajo estricta supervisin y control del Consejo Nacional de Camlidos Sudamericanos (CONACS)
y el Instituto Nacional de Recursos Naturales (INRENA), ambos organismos del Estado. La fibra de
vicua, procedente de la esquila de animales vivos, alcanza alrededor de 5 000 k por ao. Se
comercializa bajo el sello de Vicua-Per en el caso de empresas industriales textiles y Vicua-
Per-Artesana en el caso de las empresas artesanales.
La fibra de alpaca, cuya produccin alcanza cerca de 3 400 toneladas anuales, es destinada en un
85 por ciento a la industria, la mayora para exportacin, y el 15 por ciento a la artesana y
autoconsumo. La fibra de llama (alrededor de 800 toneladas por ao) se destina mayormente a
artesana y autoconsumo.
La carne de alpaca y llama se consume ya sea fresca o deshidratada (charqui y chalona). Tambin se
usa en embutidos en forma an limitada. La matanza se realiza en mataderos destinados a otras
especies animales; sin embargo una parte considerable se beneficia en forma casera y bajo
condiciones higinicas deficientes. La carne de camlidos tiene una composicin nutritiva similar a
otras carnes por lo que tiene un gran potencial para consumo humano tanto en el mercado local
6
Las enfermedades ocasionan grandes prdidas tanto por muerte de los animales como por la
disminucin de su productividad. La enterotoxemia causada por el Clostridium perfringens es la
principal causa de muerte de las cras dentro del primer mes de vida, pudiendo alcanzar niveles
mayores del 50% en algunos aos. Se estudia la produccin de una vacuna que permita prevenir la
enfermedad. Otra entidad nosolgica importante es la enterocolitis.
Las enfermedades parasitarias, tanto internas como externas, si bien no producen muerte, causan
trastornos digestivos que repercuten negativamente sobre funciones productivas como el
crecimiento y la produccin de fibra. Entre estas afecciones, la sarcocistiosis ocupa un lugar
importante por sus graves repercusiones econmicas. Los ectoparsitos, como la sarna, pueden
ocasionar daos graves a la fibra si no se controlan adecuadamente.
En conclusin, es evidente que el Per tiene una ventaja comparativa importante al ocupar el primer
lugar en el mundo en cuanto a poblacin de alpacas y vicuas y el segundo lugar en cuanto a
llamas. Para que esta ventaja se convierta en un factor de desarrollo y lucha contra la pobreza del
sector de pequeos productores que poseen este valioso recurso, se requieren acciones efectivas que
conduzcan a la superacin de los factores limitantes tanto de naturaleza tecnolgica como social y
econmica.
7
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This report is the result of a consultancy that was carried out within the framework of the Regional
TCP project TCP/RLA/2914 Support to the breeding and utilization of South American Camelids
in the Andean Region. The project is executed by the University Cayetano Heredia and the
Nacional South American Council (CONACS) of Per. The report points out the economic,
social, cultural and scientific importance of South American Camelids (SAC) in the Andean region
of Latin American countries in general and of Peru in particular. There are four species of SAC; two
domestic: alpaca and llama, and two wild: vicua and guanaco. Alpacas and llamas play a very
important role in the economy of a large population located at altitudes ranging from 3 800 to more
than 4 500 m above sea level. They provide fiber, meat, pelts and dung which is used as fuel and
fertilizer. Llamas are also utilized as pack animals in some isolated regions. Vicuas are the most
important of the wild species as they produce a very fine quality fiber that command high prices in
the international market.
There are about 3 million alpacas, one million llamas, 125 thousand vicuas and 5 thousand
guanacos in Peru. Thus, Peru possesses the largest number of alpacas and vicuas in the world.
More than 80 percent of alpacas and the whole population of llamas belong to small farmers and
peasant communities with very limited resources, located in isolated areas of the Andes with out
access to basic services such as health care and education. The remaining 20 per cent of alpacas are
distributed between medium size farmers and communal enterprises. Management of alpacas and
llamas is very poor in most cases, with no technical innovations. They are mostly low input-low
productivity systems. They face a variety of problems such as low reproduction rates and high
mortality of the newborn. Nutritional deficiencies derived from inadequate management of feed
resources result in poor growth and deterioration of natural resources. Added to these is the lack of
properly designed selection programs which prevents the improvement of economically important
traits such as fiber quality. On the other hand the high incidence of Sarcocysts in the muscles
seriously affects the quality and public acceptance of the meat. Producers also face limitations for
the commercialization of their products because they are not properly organized for collective
action. The final outcome of all these limitations is poor income, low profits, poverty and food
insecurity.
The vicua is considered a national property; however the law permits the harvest and sale of their
fiber by those communities or individuals that are the owners of the land where the vicuas graze.
This is done under the close supervision of CONACS and the National Institute of Natural
Resources (INRENA). Annual harvest of vicua fiber amounts to about 5 000 kg which is marketed
under the seal of Vicua-Peru when it goes to the textile industry, and Vicua-Per-Artesana
when the destination is the artisan industry.
Annual alpaca fiber production is around 3 400 tons, 85 percent of which goes to industry, mostly
for export, and the remaining 15 percent to artisan industry and home use. Llama fiber production
is around 800 tons per year, mostly for home use and handy crafts.
Alpaca and llama meat is of high nutritive value, similar to that of other animals; it is consumed
either fresh or dehydrated in the form of charqui or chalona. Other forms of utilization are still
limited. Alpacas and llamas are slaughtered in the same slaughter houses used for other animal
species under acceptable hygienic conditions. However, a sizeable portion of animals are sacrificed
elsewhere with no veterinary supervision. Even though the camelid meat is of high quality the main
8
limitation for its wider acceptance is the presence of Sarcocysts in the muscle of most animals older
than two years of age. This makes the meat inappropriate for human consumption.
The prevalence of diseases is the cause of heavy losses either due to death of the animals or the
negative effect of the illnesses on productive functions such as growth, reproduction and fiber yield
and quality.
Among infectious diseases, Enterotoxemia caused by Clostridium perfringens, is the main killer of
new born alpacas within their first month of live. Annual losses due to this disease may be as high
as 50 percent and over in some years. Efforts are being made for the development of a vaccine to
prevent the disease. Enterocolitis is another condition which may cause high mortality in young
alpacas and llamas.
Even though internal parasites usually do not cause high mortality, they have a negative impact on
productive functions such as body growth, reproduction and fiber production. In addition, external
parasites have a damaging effect on fiber quality.
Several public and private institutions carry out research, extension and technical assistance
programmes in support of the development and conservation of camelids in Peru. However, their
impact so far has been very limited. More effective and coordinated actions are needed in order to
obtain more benefits from this unique genetic resource that has a great potential for the reduction of
poverty and the improvement of the quality of life of the inhabitants of the Andean region of Peru
which are one of the poorest sectors of the countrys population.
9
INDICE
1. INTRODUCCIN 8
2. CENSO Y DISTRIBUCIN DE LOS CAMELIDOS SUDAMERICANOS
2.1 Alpacas . 9
2.2 Llamas 12
2.3 Vicuas y guanacos .. 13
3. CARACTERIZACIN SOCIOECONOMICA DE LOS PRODUCTORES DE
CAMLIDOS 15
4. SISTEMAS DE EXPLOTACIN: CAMLIDOS DOMESTICOS. 17
4.1 Estructura de los rebaos por edad y sexo 18
4.2 Prcticas de manejo .. 19
4.2.1 Alimentacin 19
4.2.2 Empadre: manejo reproductivo . 20
4.2.3 Paricin y destete .. 22
4.2.4 Esquila 23
4.2.5 Seleccin y mejoramiento gentico 24
5. MANEJO DE LA VICUA 27
6. APROVECHAMIENTO DE LA FIBRA
6.1 Fibra de alpaca 29
6.2 Fibra de llama . 31
6.3 Fibra de vicua 32
7. APROVECHAMIENTO DE LA CARNE ... 33
8. PREVENCION Y CONTROL DE ENFERMEDADES.. 37
8.1 Enfermedades infecciosas
8.1.1 Causas de mortalidad en cras . 38
8.1.2 Enfermedades de tuis y adultos ... 40
8.2 Enfermedades parasitarias 41
8.2.1 Neumogastroenteritis parasitaria .. 42
8.2.2 Sarcocistiosis 42
8.2.3 Hidatidosis .. 44
8.2.4 Distomatosis 44
8.2.5 Enfermedades producidas por ectoparsitos 44
9. Conclusiones y perspectivas 45
REFERENCIAS BIBLIOGRAFICAS. 47
ANEXOS
ANEXO I: Instituciones e institucionalidad local. 50
ANEXO II: Legislacin y polticas 54
10
11
1. INTRODUCCIN
Los camlidos sudamericanos (CSA), constituyen un recurso gentico de gran importancia social,
econmica, cultural y cientfica para el Per y algunos de los pases de la Regin Andina.
Las especies domsticas, alpaca y llama, proveen productos de alta calidad, como son la fibra y la
carne y, a menudo, constituyen el nico medio de subsistencia de un vasto sector de la poblacin
alto andina. Las especies silvestres, vicua y guanaco, que se consideran antecesoras de las especies
domsticas, ofrecen igualmente un importante potencial de aprovechamiento sustentable dentro de
los marcos legales establecidos.
La domesticacin de la llama y alpaca data de hace unos 6 a 7 mil aos; sin embargo el auge de su
crianza y aprovechamiento se alcanz durante el imperio incaico del Tawantinsuyo. Se estima que
la poblacin de estos camlidos en aquella poca fue de varios millones de cabezas, distribuidos a
lo largo de todo su territorio, incluyendo la costa. Las especies silvestres, en particular la vicua,
fueron objeto de cuidadosa proteccin aprovechndose su valiosa fibra para indumentarias de la
realeza.
En la actualidad, los CSA constituyen el nico medio de utilizacin productiva de las extensas reas
de pastos naturales de las zonas alto andinas donde no es posible la agricultura ni la crianza
econmica de otras especies de animales domsticos. Los CSA convierten, con inusual eficiencia,
los pastos pobres de estas alturas en productos de alta calidad como son la fibra y la carne, adems
de los subproductos como las pieles y cueros que tienen mltiples usos industriales y artesanales.
El estircol es otro subproducto valioso que se usa como combustible para la coccin de los
alimentos y como fertilizante para los cultivos. La llama, por otra parte, cumple una funcin muy
importante como medio de transporte en los lugares carentes de una adecuada infraestructura vial
que, desafortunadamente, son muchos.
El Per tiene el privilegio de ocupar el primer lugar en el mundo en la tenencia de alpacas y vicuas
y el segundo lugar en llamas, despus de Bolivia. El aprovechamiento racional de esta ventaja
comparativa es el reto que el pas encara como el medio ms efectivo de lucha contra la pobreza y
la inseguridad alimentaria que afecta a las comunidades campesinas que viven de la crianza de
estas especies.
Los CSA presentan una serie de particularidades anatmicas y fisiolgicas que probablemente
tienen que ver con su gran capacidad de adaptacin a las condiciones de hipoxia y de escasez de
recursos forrajeros de las grandes alturas. Destacan entre ellas, la forma elptica de los glbulos
rojos que supuestamente facilita el transporte de oxgeno en un medio hipxico, mientras que la
mayor capacidad de digestin de la fibra, les permite derivar una mayor proporcin de nutrientes de
los pastos lignificados de las grandes altitudes. Concomitante con esta mayor capacidad de
12
No es de extraar entonces que se haya despertado un marcado inters, de parte de otros pases de
ste y otros continentes, en la crianza de alpacas y llamas, con resultados satisfactorios lo que
confirma la gran capacidad de adaptacin de estos animales a otros mbitos geogrficos. Lo que al
comienzo constituy un inters puramente recreativo se va convirtiendo en una actividad econmica
importante en algunos pases como los Estados Unidos de Norte Amrica, Australia y Nueva
Zelanda, entre otros. Esto ha ocasionado tambin la apertura de un mercado de exportacin
creciente de pie de cra, lo que, debidamente orientado y canalizado, podra constituir una ventaja
para los productores locales. Pero tambin hay que sealar que el surgimiento de la crianza en otros
pases constituye un gran desafo para los pases andinos, que en un futuro cercano podran
enfrentar una marcada competencia. Es necesario entonces que se tomen las medidas necesarias
para impulsar el desarrollo de los camlidos sobre bases tcnicas y ser cada vez ms competitivos.
13
2.1 ALPACAS
La alpaca (Lama pacos), es la especie de mayor existencia numrica en el Per y la ms cotizada
por la produccin de fibra. Existen dos razas de alpacas: Suri y Huacaya. Se diferencian claramente
por sus caractersticas fenotpicas. La alpaca Suri presenta fibras de gran longitud que se organizan
en rizos que caen por los costados del cuerpo, similar a lo que se observa en los ovinos de raza
Lincoln; esto le da al animal una apariencia angulosa. En cambio la alpaca Huacaya presenta un
velln de apariencia esponjosa, con fibras de menor longitud, similar al velln del ovino de raza
Corriedale, lo que le da una apariencia ms voluminosa al animal. Pese a la diferencia de aspecto,
no hay diferencias marcadas en el peso de las cras al nacer (7,5 a 8,0 kg) ni en el peso vivo adulto
entre individuos de las dos razas (Promedio de 65 kg en hembras y 70 kg en machos).
El producto principal que se obtiene de la alpaca es la fibra que tiene caractersticas textiles muy
apreciadas. La carne tiene un valor nutritivo similar o superior a otras carnes; desafortunadamente,
an no est debidamente aprovechada por limitaciones que sern tratadas posteriormente. Adems
los subproductos como las pieles y cueros tienen mltiples aplicaciones, sobre todo en la industria
artesanal.
Ambas razas presentan una gama de colores de fibra que van del blanco al negro pasando por los
colores intermedios. Hay una mayor demanda del mercado por la fibra blanca, de ah que hay una
tendencia al predominio de animales blancos en los rebaos por la seleccin orientada a esa
caracterstica. Sin embargo, los colores naturales son cada vez ms apreciados por la industria por
lo que se impone la necesidad de preservar este material gentico.
Cuadro 1
Existencia y distribucin geogrfica de alpacas en el Per
El Departamento de Puno es el que posee la mayor proporcin de alpacas seguido por Cusco,
Huancavelica y Arequipa. Esto est en relacin con la extensin de las praderas alto andinas
existentes. Las poblaciones de alpacas de los Departamentos ubicados en las regiones de Lima y
Junn son en gran parte el resultado del proyecto Repoblamiento de Alpacas de la Sierra Norte y
Centro del Pasque entre 1992 y 1996 llev a cabo el Ministerio de Agricultura a travs de
FONAFOG (Fondo Nacional de Fomento Ganadero) con financiamiento del Fondo de
Compensacin y Desarrollo Social (FONCODES).
La estrategia de esta operacin fue seleccionar y adquirir alpacas en zonas de alta produccin
(Puno, Cusco y Arequipa) y trasladarlas a zonas de escasa o nula produccin pero con piso forrajero
y fuentes de agua adecuados. Al beneficiario se le otorgaba un crdito constituido por un ncleo de
110 alpacas (100 hembras y 10 machos) que tenan que ser devueltas en semovientes (alpacas) en
un periodo de diez aos. Durante las cinco etapas del proyecto, se movilizaron aproximadamente
25 000 alpacas y se beneficiaron alrededor de 250 criadores. Desde 1997 al 2003, las
recuperaciones fueron utilizadas para continuar otorgando crditos bajo el esquema de fondos
rotatorios. El seguimiento del programa est ahora a cargo del CONACS.
En el Cuadro 1 se puede apreciar tambin que predomina la raza Huacaya con un 85% mientras
que Suri slo representa el 15% de la poblacin total. Esto indica que ha habido una recuperacin
notable de la raza Suri pues hace algunos aos hubo una preocupacin por su marcada disminucin,
sobre todo en las partes ms altas de la sierra, lo que se atribuy a la menor resistencia de estos
animales a las inclemencias climticas severas, lo que haca que los productores tuvieran
preferencia por la raza Huacaya. Se estima que por el ao 1991, la proporcin de Suris no era mayor
del 5% (Barreda, 1991). Esa informacin fue en cierta medida corroborada por una encuesta
realizada en el Departamento de Puno, en el marco del Programa de Conservacin de Recursos
Genticos Animales de la FAO, donde se encontr que la proporcin de Suri efectivamente apenas
llegaba al 5% (Smar, 1991). El hecho de que la fibra de Suri se cotiza en algunos casos a un
precio mayor en el mercado, junto a la creciente demanda de animales de esta raza para
exportacin, son factores que probablemente reactivan el inters por Suri.
Tradicionalmente, los productores peruanos son reacios a hacer cruces entre Suri y Huacaya; por lo
tanto no ha sido posible obtener datos sobre resultados de cruces a escala comercial. Sin embargo,
datos obtenidos de la antigua Granja Modelo de Auqunidos de La Raya en el Departamento de
Puno (Fernndez-Baca, 1971), pareceran corroborar los resultados de Velasco y los reportados de
Australia. En un total de 738 cras obtenidas del cruce de Huacaya por Huacaya, se observaron 15
cras Suri (2%), mientras que en un total de 511 cras obtenidas del cruce de Suri por Suri, hubieron
89 cras Huacaya (17.4%). Aunque resulta difcil explicar el resultado de los cruces de Huacaya
por Huacaya (a menos que haya ocurrido una incursin clandestina de un macho Suri en el rebao
de hembras Huacaya, hecho no descartable), el resultado de los cruces de Suri por Suri, es
coherente con la hiptesis. Si ambos progenitores son heterocigotos, se esperara un 25% de cras
Huacaya, que no es significativamente diferente de la cifra observada de 17.4%. En todo caso, es un
tema muy importante que amerita mayor investigacin.
2.2 LLAMAS
La llama (Lama glama) es el camlido de mayor tamao; puede alcanzar un peso adulto de 100 a
120 kg. Fue desarrollado fundamentalmente para el transporte y el abastecimiento de carne.
Produce fibra de menor calidad que la de alpaca y en menor cantidad. Presenta dos capas de fibra:
una interior, fina y otra exterior, gruesa. En muchos lugares alejados de los Andes, carentes de vas
de comunicacin, la llama sigue prestando valiosos servicios como animal de carga. Se le utiliza
para el transporte de insumos para las labores agrcolas as como de los productos a los lugares de
comercializacin.
En otros pases se han encontrado otros usos para la llama, fuera de los mencionados. Por ejemplo
se les utiliza como mascotas y, en las excursiones, para el transporte del equipo de campo. Tambin
las llamas han demostrado ser excelentes guardianes para dar proteccin a las ovejas contra el
ataque de predatores como el coyote y los zorros, cuyo control constituye un problema en las zonas
de crianza de ovinos de los EE.UU. de Norte Amrica (Franklin, 1994). En dicho pas no est
permitido el empleo de veneno por las implicancias ambientales, ni las trampas por considerarse un
acto de crueldad. Frente a ello han encontrado la solucin en la llama, la que al ser mantenida en un
rebao de ovejas se convierte en la conductora del grupo y las protege contra la incursin de
animales extraos.
Existen dos razas, Chaku y Kara, conocidas tambin con las denominaciones Lanuda y Pelada,
respectivamente. Se diferencian una de otra por la magnitud de cobertura del cuerpo. Mientras que
Chaku tiene mayor cobertura de fibra, incluyendo las extremidades, Kara tiene una apariencia de
mayor fortaleza corporal con poca cobertura de cuerpo y extremidades. Existen tipos intermedios
que pueden confundirse con el Huarizo, producto del cruce de llama con alpaca, que ocurre
frecuentemente en sistemas de crianza mixta como es el caso de la mayora de pequeos
productores.
lugares. La mayor concentracin de llamas en un determinado departamento tiene que ver con las
necesidades de uso de estos animales para el transporte de insumos agrcolas y de las cosechas pero
al mismo tiempo constituyen una importante fuente de protenas para consumo humano.
Cuadro 2
Existencia y distribucin geogrfica de llamas en el Per
Regin Nmero Porcentaje
Puno 359 786 35,7
Cusco 178 040 17,7
Junn 111 909 11,2
Arequipa 96 963 9,6
Ayacucho 57 003 5,7
Apurimac 49 655 4,9
Huancavelica 130 068 12,9
Lima 23 190 2,3
TOTAL 1 006 614 100,0
Notas: Regin Junn incluye departamentos de Pasco y Hunuco
Regin Huancavelica incluye Ica
Regin Lima incluye Ancash, Cajamarca y La Libertad
Fuente: INEI, CENAGRO (1995) y CONACS (2004)
En lo que respecta a razas, segn la informacin disponible hay cierto grado de equilibrio entre las
dos con un ligero predominio de Kara que representa el 58 por ciento de la poblacin de llamas a
nivel nacional. A diferencia de la alpaca cuyo nmero aument de 2,7 millones de cabezas en 1990
a poco ms de 3 millones en el 2001, la poblacin de llamas se ha mantenido ms o menos
constante durante ese tiempo, segn datos de CONACS.
En el Cuadro 3, que corresponde a los datos del censo nacional de vicuas del ao 2000, se aprecia
que la poblacin mayor de estos animales se encuentra en el Departamento de Ayacucho, sede de la
Reserva Nacional ms importante, que hoy se conoce con el nombre de Reserva Nacional Brbara
DAquiles de Pampa Galeras.
Cuadro 3
Existencia y distribucin geogrfica de vicuas en el Per
DEPARTAMENTO N VICUAS
Ancash 684
Apurimac 10 020
Arequipa 3 681
Ayacucho 40 390
Cajamarca 235
Cusco 4 209
Huancavelica 8 745
Hunuco 51
Ica 1 583
Junn 11 408
La Libertad 26
Lima 17 689
Moquegua 293
Pasco 343
Puno 18 107
Tacna 1 214
TOTAL 118 678
El guanaco (Lama guanicoe), es el camlido silvestre de mayor tamao y el que muestra el mayor
grado de adaptabilidad ya que su distribucin va desde las partes ms altas de la cordillera de los
Andes hasta la Patagonia. Se considera que es la forma ancestral de la llama domstica. La
poblacin de guanacos en el Per es bastante reducida. Segn el Censo Nacional de guanacos
(CONACS) haba un total de 3 810 animales en el ao 1996.
En 1977 el guanaco fue declarado como especie en extincin en el Per (Resolucin Ministerial N
0170-77-AG-DGFF). Adems, en 1981, se estableci la Reserva Nacional de Calipuy ubicado en
Santiago de Chuco, Departamento de La Libertad (Decreto Supremo N 0004-81-AA) donde hay
alrededor de medio millar de animales ( Cuadro 4).
Ambas especies silvestres son patrimonio nacional. En el caso de la vicua, la ley permite su
usufructo por las comunidades donde ellas habitan, mediante capturas programadas y esquila,
previa autorizacin y bajo estricta vigilancia del CONACS y el INTRENA.
Cuadro 4
Existencia y distribucin geogrfica de guanacos en el Per
DEPARTAMENTO N ANIMALES
Apurmac 9
Arequipa 1 124
Ayacucho 1 167
Huancavelica 211
Ica 516
La Libertad 538
Moquegua 79
Puno 71
Tacna 95
TOTAL 3 810
19
Entre los 3 800 y 4 000 m de altitud, la crianza de alpacas y llamas por lo general se combina con la
de otras especies animales y algunos cultivos, pero encima de los 4 000 m la actividad
predominante es la crianza de camlidos, en particular alpacas.
Alrededor del 90 por ciento de las alpacas y la totalidad de las llamas est en manos de pequeos
productores que paradjicamente constituyen uno de los segmentos menos favorecidos de la
poblacin peruana, la misma que vive en estado de extrema pobreza. Habitan las zonas ms
apartadas del pas, carentes de servicios bsicos como educacin y cuidado de la salud, as como
de obras de infraestructura vial que faciliten la comunicacin y la adecuada conduccin de las
actividades tanto de produccin como de comercializacin de sus productos.
Se estima que al ao 2000, al menos un milln y medio de personas de las zonas alto andinas de los
Departamentos de Apurimac, Arequipa, Ayacucho, Cusco, Huancavelica, Junn, Lima y Puno, se
dedicaban a la crianza de CSA domsticos como actividad principal. Los ingresos per cpita en
estas zonas productoras de camlidos son los menores del pas. As, el ingreso anual per cpita en
Puno, Huancavelica, Ayacucho y Apurmac es menor a 800 dlares de los EE.UU. El rendimiento
de fibra de alpaca en esta poblacin, en el ao 2000, era slo alrededor de 3,5 libras por animal,
segn datos de CONACS.
La mujer cumple una actividad primordial en la sociedad ganadera alto andina, pues es ella quien se
dedica al pastoreo y vigilancia de los animales. El hombre apoya en las actividades de esquila,
paricin y empadre; comparte las labores de pastoreo y se encarga de realizar las transacciones para
el intercambio de mercaderas, previa coordinacin con los miembros de la familia.
El Cuadro 5 muestra la distribucin de las alpacas y llamas en relacin con el tamao de los predios
en el Per.
20
Cuadro 5
Distribucin de alpacas y llamas segn tamao de los predios
Terrenos de
<3 ha 3-10 ha 10-50 ha >50 ha
TOTAL ----------------- ------------------------------------------------
Se puede notar en este Cuadro que el 60 por ciento de las alpacas y 76 por ciento de las llamas se
cran en unidades agropecuarias de una extensin menor de 50 hectreas. Lo que llama tambin la
atencin es que el 32 por ciento de las alpacas y el 46 por ciento de las llamas se ubican en unidades
agropecuarias menores de 3 hectreas que representan slo el 0,5 por ciento del total de la
superficie de pastos. Esto implica una alta carga animal por hectrea cuyas consecuencias son, por
un lado el sobre pastoreo con la consiguiente erosin y deterioro de las praderas y, por otro, una
insuficiente disponibilidad de alimento lo que conduce a una mayor incidencia de enfermedades,
bajas tasas de natalidad, mayor mortalidad de cras, y retardo en el crecimiento. La consecuencia
final no es slo una baja productividad y escasa rentabilidad, sino que pone en riesgo la
sostenibilidad del sistema con graves consecuencias para el bienestar de las generaciones futuras.
El aislamiento en que viven los productores de camlidos por la falta de una infraestructura vial
adecuada y de mecanismos de participacin grupal, hace que tengan grandes dificultades de acceso
al mercado para la comercializacin de la fibra, que es la principal fuente de ingreso, por lo que se
ven obligados a depender de los intermediarios con grave perjuicio econmico. Por otro lado, la
carne, pese a su enorme potencial para contribuir de manera significativa al ingreso familiar, an
tiene limitaciones en su comercializacin y en el grado de aceptacin por parte de la poblacin
urbana. Sin embargo, la carne contribuye de manera notable a la alimentacin familiar por ser la
nica fuente de protena animal de que disponen.
Las actividades que muchos organismos oficiales y privados vienen realizando con miras a
incentivar la organizacin de los productores con un enfoque empresarial, se espera que ir
fortaleciendo su capacidad de gestin y negociacin tanto para la comercializacin de los
productos como para facilitar su acceso a otros servicios esenciales que conduzcan al mejoramiento
de sus ingresos y la calidad de vida.
Es realmente paradjico que el sector de la poblacin que posee un recurso gentico tan singular y
valioso, como son los camlidos sudamericanos, sea el que muestra los mayores grados de pobreza
extrema.
21
Este sector engloba no menos del 80 por ciento de las alpacas y la casi totalidad de las
llamas. Los sistemas de explotacin de este sector se caracterizan por la precariedad en el
manejo de los animales y de los recursos naturales. Los animales se manejan en un solo
rebao sin separacin por especie, raza o sexo. A menudo se trata de rebaos mixtos
compuestos por alpacas, llamas y en algunos casos tambin ovinos y vacunos. Las medidas
de control de enfermedades son inexistentes en la mayora de casos y no se sigue un
calendario definido de faenas ganaderas, tales como esquila o tratamientos antiparasitarios,
ni un manejo racional de los pastos.
c) Empresas asociativas.
Estas son el fruto del proceso de reforma agraria llevada a cabo en la dcada de los 70s y
corresponden a las antiguas haciendas alpaqueras de propiedad privada afectadas por el
22
Cuadro 6
Estructura de rebaos de alpacas en el Departamento de Puno
Porcentaje
tiene una repercusin negativa en la economa de la explotacin, puesto que el costo de crianza de
un animal castrado es similar al de una hembra con la diferencia de que sta, adems de fibra, puede
producir una cra. El bajo porcentaje de cras que se aprecia en el Cuadro 6 es un reflejo de la baja
proporcin de hembras en edad reproductiva y de las bajas tasas de natalidad y alta mortalidad
neonatal. Lo deseable es mantener un porcentaje mayor de hembras en los rebaos y reducir tanto
como sea posible el nmero de machos castrados a fin de obtener un mayor nmero de cras e
incrementar as el porcentaje de saca anual a un nivel de 25 a 30 por ciento en lugar del 10 o 15%
actual.
4.2.1. Alimentacin
La base de la alimentacin de los camlidos sudamericanos en general lo constituyen las praderas
de pastos naturales las que se caracterizan por un predominio de gramneas con escasa presencia de
leguminosas. Hay una gran variacin estacional tanto en la produccin de biomasa como en el
contenido de protena, con relativa abundancia en la estacin de lluvias y marcada escasez en la
poca seca. La precipitacin pluvial vara de un ao a otro, entre 900 a 1 200 mm y est
circunscrita a 4 meses del ao: diciembre a marzo; los ocho meses restantes son prcticamente de
una sequa completa con un alto ndice de evaporacin. La temperatura ambiental vara de una
mxima de 18 a 20 C en el da a -12 C durante la noche en los meses invernales. Con cierta
frecuencia, la sierra alta es afectada por tormentas de nieve que al cubrir los pastos dejan sin
alimento a los animales por varios das. Otros aos hay sequas prolongadas que, igualmente,
afectan la disponibilidad de forraje lo que repercute en el comportamiento productivo de los
animales.
Para lograr una produccin sostenible y obtener un mayor beneficio de las praderas, hay necesidad
de un manejo racional; desafortunadamente eso no ocurre en la mayora de casos, sobre todo a
nivel de comunidades y pequeos productores. En el caso de las comunidades, donde la propiedad
de la tierra es comunal mientras que la de los animales es individual o familiar, con frecuencia hay
una fuerte tendencia al sobrepastoreo lo que va en detrimento de una produccin sostenible.
El establecimiento de pastos cultivados para complementar las praderas naturales no es una prctica
comn pese a haber experiencias exitosas a este respecto. Se ha logrado establecer exitosamente
pastos cultivados en zonas ubicadas a altitudes de 4 000 metros y ms, con rendimientos excelentes,
tal como demuestran los trabajos realizados en la Estacin de Camlidos Sudamericanos de La
Raya. Especies de gramneas del gnero Lolium y de leguminosas del gnero Trifolium, han dado
excelentes resultados y son plenamente aceptados por las alpacas y llamas. Son notables tambin
los logros obtenidos en el Departamento de Puno con el Proyecto de Cooperacin de Nueva
Zelanda en el Per, que se llev a cabo en la dcada de los 70s. Se obtuvieron respuestas dramticas
en ganancia de peso de alpacas al pastoreo en una asociacin de alfalfa y Dactylis glomerata con
cargas de hasta 60 cabezas por hectrea, similar a lo obtenido con ovinos. Adems, con la ventaja
de que no se observaron problemas de timpanismo en alpacas debido al consumo de leguminosas, a
diferencia de ovinos y vacunos en los que esta afeccin constituy un verdadero problema. Estas
experiencias demuestran la factibilidad de establecer pastos cultivados a altitudes de 4 000 m o ms,
lo que constituye una alternativa importante para aliviar la presin sobre los pastos naturales y al
mismo tiempo obtener una mayor productividad por unidad de superficie con los consiguientes
beneficios econmicos para los productores.
24
La hembra de los camlidos presenta actividad sexual entre los meses de diciembre a marzo o abril,
que corresponde a la poca de lluvias y de mayor disponibilidad de pastos. Durante este perodo, la
hembra no presenta ciclos ovulatorios peridicos, como ocurre en otros ungulados, sino que
permanece en celo continuo hasta que es tomada por el macho. La ovulacin es inducida por el
estmulo coital. En caso de no ocurrir fertilizacin, la hembra vuelve a entrar en celo 13 a 15 das
despus del servicio estril. En caso de gestacin, la hembra deja de presentar celo por todo el
tiempo que dura sta (345 das en la alpaca), a menos que se produzca muerte del embrin o que
aborte, en cuyo caso la hembra vuelve a presentar receptividad sexual. Se ha reportado que cerca
del 50 por ciento de las gestaciones terminan dentro de los primeros 30 das por muerte del
embrin. Adems, se ha observado que la asociacin continua de machos y hembras por un tiempo
prolongado inhibe el deseo sexual de los machos por lo que an habiendo hembras en celo no
ocurren montas (Fernndez-Baca, 1993). Toda esta informacin es importante para un manejo
adecuado del empadre.
En las explotaciones con cierto grado de organizacin, como son aquellas que pertenecen a la
categora de los medianos productores y empresas asociativas, donde hay separacin de los
animales por edad y sexo, el empadre se realiza entre los meses de diciembre y abril. Durante este
tiempo, los machos, en una proporcin de 3-4 por ciento, permanecen con las hembras durante un
lapso variable de 45 a 60 das.
La edad del primer servicio de las hembras, vara en funcin del desarrollo corporal. Hembras con
adecuado desarrollo estn aptas para el servicio a partir del ao de edad. Se ha demostrado que
hembras de un ao tienen un comportamiento similar a las de dos o ms aos de edad en cuanto a
tasas de ovulacin, fertilizacin y sobrevivencia del embrin. No obstante, la prctica usual de los
productores es demorar el primer empadre hasta la edad de 2 a 3 aos, lo que obedece al pobre
desarrollo corporal de los animales.
Los machos entran en servicio a partir de los tres aos, edad en que ya se ha producido la completa
separacin de la adherencia pene-prepucial. Su persistencia es signo de inmadurez sexual.
En las explotaciones donde no hay separacin por edad ni sexo, las oportunidades de empadre se
extienden a lo largo del ao. Sin embargo, las pariciones se circunscriben slo al perodo
diciembre-marzo, lo que indicara que a pesar de haber hembras vacas no ocurren servicios. Ocurre
lo mismo en las especies silvestres donde la paricin es estacional. Esto es atribuible al efecto
25
inhibitorio que sobre la actividad sexual de los machos ejerce su asociacin continua con las
mismas hembras, ya mencionado ms arriba. Se ha demostrado experimentalmente, que hembras
mantenidas en separacin del macho, muestran actividad sexual durante todo el ao. Al hacerse los
apareamientos a lo largo de los meses considerados como de quietud sexual (mayo a diciembre) la
conducta sexual de machos y hembras fue similar al observado entre enero y abril y no hubo
diferencias significativas atribuibles a la poca del ao, en lo que respecta tasas de ovulacin y
fertilizacin (Fernndez-Baca, 1993).
Con base en los hallazgos mencionados, se dise y puso en prctica un nuevo mtodo de empadre,
conocido como empadre alternado con el que fue posible elevar las tasas de paricin de un
promedio de 50% a 70% en pruebas a escala comercial.
El empadre alternado consiste en dividir a los machos a ser utilizados (en la proporcin de 6 por
ciento) en dos grupos de igual nmero, los que se van alternando en el rebao de las hembras a
intervalos de 5 a 7 das hasta la finalizacin del empadre, que generalmente dura 60 das. De esta
manera se logra mantener constante la actividad de los machos y permite que todas las hembras que
retornen en celo, ya sea despus de una cpula estril o la prdida temprana del embrin, vuelvan a
ser servidas.
Las tasas de paricin anual que se obtienen en las explotaciones tanto grandes como pequeas con
los sistemas tradicionales de empadre son del orden del 50 por ciento; comparado con ms del 80
por ciento con el empadre alternado (Cuadro 7).
Cuadro 7
Efecto del empadre alternado sobre la natalidad en alpacas
La baja tasa de natalidad que se obtiene con el empadre tradicional tiene estrecha relacin con la
alta mortalidad embrionaria que alcanza hasta un 50 por ciento durante los primeros 30 das de
gestacin. Las hembras que pierden el embrin vuelven a presentar celo pero no tienen la
posibilidad de ser servidas nuevamente por el efecto inhibitorio que la asociacin continua de
ambos sexos ejerce sobre los machos. En las explotaciones pequeas, con pocos animales, los
porcentajes de paricin tienden a ser mayores que en las grandes, alrededor del 60 a 70 por ciento,
lo que obedece a que el manejo del empadre es casi individual. Sin embargo, la mortalidad de cras
suele ser muy elevada, llegando con frecuencia al 50 por ciento.
26
Se han descrito una serie de anomalas de los rganos genitales de machos y hembras (Smar,
1989) que pueden ser causa de baja eficacia reproductiva por lo que se recomienda hacer la revisin
correspondiente antes del empadre. Es indispensable que los machos destinados a la reproduccin,
adems de las caractersticas fenotpicas deseables, renan las condiciones necesarias para asegurar
altas tasas de fertilidad.
Los cuidados que se prodigan a las cras recin nacidas se reducen bsicamente a la desinfeccin
del ombligo y la ingestin del calostro materno tan pronto como sea posible despus del nacimiento.
Hay evidencias de que la tarda o insuficiente ingestin del calostro es una de las causas
principales de muerte de las cras de alpacas (Garmendia y Col., 1987). Este es un aspecto
importante del manejo durante la paricin, que frecuentemente no recibe la debida atencin.
La mortalidad neonatal es uno de los problemas de mayor impacto econmico que enfrentan los
productores de alpacas. Las prdidas de cras dentro de los primeros tres o cuatro meses de vida,
alcanza cifras elevadas; en algunos aos puede superar el 50 por ciento. Esto, combinado con la
baja tasa de natalidad constituye un freno para cualquier programa de mejoramiento gentico por
seleccin debido a la poca disponibilidad de animales que reemplacen a los que se desechen. Las
causas de esta alta mortalidad son una combinacin de factores tales como las enfermedades, las
inclemencias climticas, la salud de las madres, etc. Ms adelante se trata esto en mayor detalle.
El destete se realiza alrededor de los 7 meses de edad, tiempo en el cual la madre ya debera estar
nuevamente con una gestacin de alrededor de cuatro meses. Esto se espera en al menos en un 50
por ciento de los casos. Por lo tanto la demanda de nutrientes va en aumento para el mantenimiento
de ambas funciones: gestacin y lactancia.
4.2.4 Esquila
La esquila en las alpacas se efecta entre los meses de octubre y noviembre que son los ms
benignos desde el punto de vista climtico. Se hace anualmente aunque hay productores que an
prefieren hacerlo cada dos aos. Se considera que la esquila anual es ms ventajosa porque permite
ejercer un control ms efectivo sobre los ectoparsitos que constituyen un serio problema en la
mayora de explotaciones. Adems, con la esquila anual se cosecha mayor cantidad de fibra que con
la efectuada cada dos aos.
Los pequeos productores, ubicados en las partes ms altas y aisladas, no siempre tienen un
calendario definido de esquila; lo hacen conforme van surgiendo sus necesidades las que son
satisfechas con la venta de fibra que a veces slo procede de una parte del animal. A menudo
utilizan la modalidad de trueque de la fibra por alimentos u otros enseres domsticos, en el mercado
local.
cuchillos. La ventaja de las mquinas de esquilar es que el corte resulta mucho ms parejo lo que
facilita tambin el crecimiento posterior uniforme. Segn Villarroel (1991) la secuencia de la
esquila es importante para obtener un velln de alta calidad. Primero se corta el velln principal
aquel que cubre la lnea inferior, cuello, espalda, brazo, costillas, grupa y pierna hasta el corvejn
el que se separa cuidadosamente. Luego se corta la fibra cerdosa que cubre la regin pectoral,
vientre, flancos, extremidades, cola y cabeza, constituyendo en conjunto las bragas. La prctica de
esta secuencia, ya sea en esquila con tijeras o con mquina, significa un mejoramiento notable de la
fibra.
La produccin de fibra de alpaca muestra notables variaciones tanto entre unidades de produccin
como entre individuos dentro de la misma unidad. En explotaciones con un nivel tecnolgico
medio, como es el caso de la Estacin de Camlidos de La Raya, se reportan cifras de produccin
que van de 1,2 a 2,8 kg por animal, en esquila anual, sin mayores diferencias entre Suri y Huacaya
(Chvez, 1991). Por otro lado, una encuesta realizada en el Departamento de Puno, reporta cifras
de produccin anual que van de 1,8 a 2,0 kg por animal para ambas razas, con finuras de fibra de
23,8 micras en Suri y 24,0 en Huacaya (Smar, 1991).
La fibra de llama es de mayor dimetro que la de alpaca; los correspondientes valores para Kcara y
Chaku son de 33,9 y 28,1 micras, respectivamente. En cuanto a peso de velln en llamas, los
valores reportados son variables lo que se debe en parte a la frecuencia de esquila; las llamas no
siempre son esquiladas anualmente. Las cifras reportadas van de 1,0 a 1,5 kg por animal siendo
mayor en Chaku.
Cuadro 8
Porcentajes de colores en alpacas y llamas del Departamento de Puno
El principal criterio que se ha tomado en cuenta en la seleccin de alpacas ha sido el peso de velln
y el color de la fibra. La industria prefiere el color blanco; en consecuencia, ha habido una
tendencia al aumento de la proporcin del color blanco en los rebaos de alpacas y tambin de
llamas, aunque en menor proporcin (Cuadro 8).
Esta tendencia a la disminucin de los animales de color, que podra significar la desaparicin de
otras caractersticas deseables, probablemente asociadas al color, ha causado cierta preocupacin lo
que ha dado lugar al establecimiento, por parte de las entidades del Estado, de un centro de
conservacin de recursos genticos de camlidos que actualmente funciona en la localidad de
Quimsachata, Departamento de Puno. En este Centro, que est a cargo del Instituto Nacional de
Investigacin y Extensin Agraria (INIEA) del Ministerio de Agricultura, se mantiene
germoplasma de llamas y alpacas de color. El mantenimiento de los colores en la alpaca es tambin
importante por la creciente tendencia a dar preferencia a los colores naturales en lugar del uso de
tintes.
La finura o dimetro de la fibra es otra caracterstica de importancia para la industria textil y que
tiene influencia en el precio. La fibra de alpaca tiene una finura media de 28 micras siendo posible
distinguir lotes finos de 22 a 25 micras (baby alpaca) y gruesos de 30 micras que corresponden a la
calidad denominada Huarizo (Villarroel, 1991). Con la exigencia creciente de la industria por
materia prima de calidad, ser necesario que los productores presten mayor atencin, entre otros
aspectos, a la finura, lo que implica optar por mediciones ms objetivas a diferencia de las
evaluaciones subjetivas que hoy se hacen.
apreciaciones visuales de carcter subjetivo en las que no se toma en cuenta las correlaciones entre
las diferentes caractersticas.
Recientemente hay un mayor inters de parte del sector industrial para apoyar a los productores de
alpaca en el mejoramiento de la calidad de la fibra. Con este propsito los industriales de productos
de alpaca, con el apoyo de la Comisin para la Promocin de Exportaciones (Prompex) y de la
Asociacin Internacional de la Alpaca (AIA), han creado el Instituto Peruano de la Alpaca y
Camlidos (IPAC) cuyas acciones incluyen la capacitacin de agentes de extensin para la
prestacin de asistencia tcnica a los productores, y el mejoramiento de los sistemas de
comercializacin mediante el establecimiento de centros de acopio. Si estas acciones se traducen en
una mayor rentabilidad para el productor, es muy probable que sean un incentivo para introducir
mejoras tecnolgicas en los sistemas de produccin, incluido el mejoramiento gentico.
El hecho de que las cuatro especies de CSA tengan igual nmero de cromosomas hace posible los
cruces entre especies. Cruzamientos entre llamas y alpacas, que dan lugar al Huarizo, ocurren con
frecuencia, sobre todo en las comunidades pequeas donde se practica la crianza mixta. Pese a que
los animales resultantes son de mayor tamao que la alpaca, hay un desmejoramiento de la calidad
de la fibra, por lo que no se considera muy deseable. Menos frecuentes son los cruces entre alpaca y
vicua que dan como resultado la paco vicua. Estos animales tienen un mayor peso de velln y
tamao corporal que las vicuas y una fibra de mayor finura que la alpaca, lo que podra ser muy
30
deseable. Estudios realizados en los pocos ejemplares obtenidos, sobre todo a nivel de estacin
experimental, demuestran que el dimetro de fibra vara entre 13,3 y 17,3 micras. Se atribuye esta
variacin a la posible diferencia en dimetro de la fibra de los progenitores alpaca puesto que en las
vicuas el dimetro es ms uniforme (Carpio, 1991). Se requieren ms estudios de seguimiento del
comportamiento de las generaciones resultantes de estos cruzamientos antes de intentar la
implementacin de programas en escala comercial.
31
5. MANEJO DE LA VICUA
La vicua tiene un patrn de organizacin social muy peculiar que ha sido motivo de numerosos
estudios. Se caracteriza por la existencia de grupos familiares polgamos consistentes en un macho
dominante (jaiacho) y cinco o seis hembras con sus cras; tropillas de machos y machos solitarios.
El macho establece y mantiene un territorio permanente a lo largo de su vida reproductiva. Este
territorio, normalmente contiene un dormidero en el sector ms alto, un territorio de alimentacin
ubicado en una parte ms baja, y una fuente de agua (Wheeler, 1991). La extensin de los territorios
de alimentacin de los grupos familiares vara segn su ubicacin. En la Reserva de Pampa Galeras,
se encontr un promedio de 18,4 ha en las zonas de mejores recursos y extensiones mayores en las
zonas ms pobres. Los lmites territoriales estn demarcados por estercoleros que sirven para la
orientacin de los miembros del grupo familiar y como puntos desde los cuales el macho dominante
defiende su territorio contra la incursin de individuos extraos. El macho, mediante defecacin
ritual, refuerza los lmites de su territorio y expulsa a sus propias cras machos y hembras antes del
inicio de la siguiente paricin. Los machos excluidos se juntan a tropillas no territoriales y las
hembras se unen a otros grupos familiares. Algunos machos eventualmente se separan de las
tropillas y viven solitarios hasta establecer su propio territorio.
La paricin siempre ocurre por las maanas (similar a las alpacas) lo que se considera como un
mecanismo de supervivencia frente a las inclemencias climticas propias de las zonas alto andinas.
El peso al nacer vara entre 4 y 6 kg. La mortalidad durante los primeros cuatro meses de vida
vara entre 10 y 30% debido a neumonas, caza ilegal y predatores, como zorros y pumas. Para su
alimentacin, las vicuas prefieren los pastos cortos no siendo ramoneadores.
La cosecha de la fibra se realiza mediante la operacin denominada chaku que puede llevarse a
cabo entre el 15 de mayo y el 15 de noviembre de cada ao. El chaku es una tcnica de manejo
ancestral de la vicua que se remonta a la poca prehispnica y que alcanz su apogeo durante el
imperio incaico. Consiste en el arreo de las vicuas hacia un lugar especfico de captura con el
propsito de realizar la esquila. Se aprovecha tambin para la revisin de los animales y los
tratamientos que sean requeridos.
6. APROVECHAMIENTO DE LA FIBRA
Las fibras de alpaca y vicua tienen un mercado importante de exportacin, fuera de los usos
artesanales, mientras que la de llama se destina mayormente a consumo interno.
Cuadro 9
Evolucin de la produccin de fibra de alpaca y vicua en el Per
AO ALPACAS VICUAS
Toneladas Toneladas
1994 3 728 0,842
1995 2 775 2,222
1996 3 365 1,466
1997 3 337 1,907
1998 3 450 2,531
1999 3 272 3,076
2000 3 317 3,428
2001 3 399 4,332
2002 3 165 5,150
2003 3 103 6,093
2004 3 200 5,084
Fuente: CONACS (2005)
El relativo estancamiento de la produccin de fibra de alpaca, segn estos datos, en contraste con el
incremento numrico de esta especie en los ltimos diez aos, podra ser una indicacin de que los
niveles individuales de produccin han disminuido o, en el peor de los casos, no han variado. Esto
sera atribuible a la ausencia de trabajos de seleccin sistematizados y con objetivos concretos, a la
deficiente alimentacin y al impacto de las enfermedades. Es una realidad que el sector de pequeos
productores que posee ms del 80 por ciento de alpacas, no tiene ni los medios ni los incentivos
para mejorar su sistema de produccin, de ah que los rendimientos en lugar de aumentar sigan una
tendencia descendente.
La fibra de alpaca pasa por un proceso de clasificacin previa a la comercializacin. Los principales
parmetros que se toman en cuenta son la finura o dimetro, la longitud de mecha, y la resistencia
(Velarde, 1993). Cada empresa textil tiene su propio sistema de clasificacin, al no existir un
sistema estandarizado. Recientemente, CONACS ha anunciado la pronta implementacin de normas
tcnicas para la fibra y carne de alpaca.
34
Rescatistas: Acopian la fibra de los productores manteniendo con ellos una relacin de
dominio a travs de diversos mecanismos como el compadrazgo o el adelanto en vveres o
dinero. Hay diversas categoras de rescatistas segn la escala en la que operan. Ellos, por lo
general, cuentan con los llamados jaladores que son los encargados de hacer el contacto con
los productores y hacer que vendan su fibra al rescatista para el que trabajan.
Se estima que un 85 por ciento de la produccin total de fibra de alpaca va a la industria (para
exportacin en su mayora) y el 15 por ciento restante se destina a la artesana y el autoconsumo.
Los pasos que se siguen en el procesamiento de la fibra, una vez que es recepcionada en la fbrica,
son los siguientes (Lazarte, 1990):
En la conversin de fibra a tops hay una prdida por desperdicio de 21 por ciento; por lo tanto, se
utiliza 1,265 kg de fibra por cada kilogramo de tops.
El desperdicio en la conversin de tops a hilo es de 5,5%. Por lo tanto, por cada kilogramo de hilo
se utiliza 1,0582 kg de tops; por consiguiente, la conversin de fibra a hilo es de 75%, por lo que se
35
demanda 1,333 kg de fibra por cada kilogramo de hilo y 1,5682 kg de fibra por kilogramo de tejido
plano (1,1765 kg de hilo/kg de tejido plano).
La fibra de alpaca, ingres al mercado mundial a principios del siglo XIX, destacndose por su gran
suavidad y resistencia. Hoy sigue siendo un producto importante de exportacin. Sin embargo,
debido a los bajos volmenes de oferta en comparacin con otras fibras de origen animal, como el
mohair, cashmere, o pelo de camello, la fibra de alpaca est sujeta a fluctuaciones considerables de
precio en el mercado internacional lo que naturalmente se refleja en los precios que la industria
paga al productor. Por ejemplo, la produccin mundial de fibra de alpaca en 1993 slo representaba
el 19 por ciento del mohair y 42 por ciento del pelo de camello (Velarde, 1993). Es probable que las
proporciones no hayan variado mucho en los ltimos aos.
Por otro lado, cuando la alpaca se pone de moda, lo que ocurre cada cinco aos aproximadamente,
se producen situaciones extremas de inestabilidad y volatilidad en los precios, que suben
rpidamente por efecto de una demanda que supera la oferta, lo que causa gran especulacin interna
y un incremento estacional de precios en toda la cadena. Esto obliga a los compradores finales a
sustituir la alpaca por otras fibras con mayor masa crtica y estabilidad. La consecuencia final es
que el precio de la alpaca baja a niveles de sub-rentabilidad para el productor.
Cuadro 10
Precios internacionales de la alpaca y de otras fibras animales
Los principales mercados de exportacin son: China, Italia, Reino Unido y los Estados Unidos, para
los Tops e hilados, y los Estados Unidos, Alemania, Reino Unido y Japn, para las prendas
terminadas de alpaca. El 80 por ciento de la fibra se exporta en la forma de productos de bajo valor
agregado (tops, hilados y telas) y solamente el 20% en prendas terminadas.
El sector representa el 1,35 por ciento de las exportaciones totales del Per y el 5 por ciento de las
exportaciones no tradicionales. El ao 2001 se export por un valor total de 75 millones de dlares
EE.UU. Su contribucin al Producto Bruto Interno manufacturero ha fluctuado de 2 a 2,5 por ciento
36
en los ltimos diez aos y en las exportaciones de productos textiles y confecciones tiene una
participacin del 15 por ciento. Absorbe el 2 por ciento de la poblacin econmicamente activa
(PEA) ocupada en la industria manufacturera, aproximadamente 22 000 personas. De las empresas
del sector el 96 por ciento son micro y pequeas empresas con menos de 40 empleados, el 3 por
ciento son medianas (41 a 200 empleados) y slo el 1 por ciento son empresas grandes. Los tres
principales grupos empresariales dedicados al procesamiento de la fibra de alpaca se encuentran
localizados en la ciudad de Arequipa: Grupo Mitchell, Grupo Inca, y Grupo Sarfaty. Son las
empresas que dominan el espectro de la industria alpaquera en el Per.
La produccin total en el ao 2001 fue de 800 toneladas segn estimado de la Direccin General de
Asuntos Econmicos y Sociales del Ministerio de Economa y Finanzas (DGAES, 2005). Con una
produccin media anual de alrededor de 1,2 kg por animal, tal como indican los datos de La Raya
(Cuadro 11), la cantidad registrada equivaldra a la produccin de aproximadamente 600 000
animales, o sea el equivalente al 60 por ciento de la poblacin total de llamas. Esto, bajo el supuesto
de que los rendimientos corresponden a esquila anual.
Cuadro 11
Peso de velln por tipo de llama y procedencia
En las cifras del Cuadro 11 se ve la diferencia entre las dos razas de llamas. La Lanuda posee un
velln ms voluminoso, con fibras que se parecen a la alpaca con poca presencia de cerda; en
cambio la pelada o Kara tiene fibra corta con alto contenido de cerda. El dimetro de la fibra vara
de 25,6 a 27,6 micras en Lanuda y de 29,2 a 30,7 micras en Kara (Vidal, citado por Chvez, 1991).
37
El acopio de la produccin de fibra de vicua, segn las disposiciones legales vigentes, est a cargo
de las comunidades campesinas y otras personas jurdicas titulares del manejo de las vicuas, bajo
la supervisin de CONACS. Esta produccin debe ser debidamente registrada como paso previo a
su transformacin y comercializacin.
La mayora de la produccin de fibra de vicua es comprada por dos compaas nacionales: Prosur
S.A. y Michell y Cia S.A. Los precios referenciales pagados por estas compaas, segn
informacin de CONACS, se presentan en el Cuadro 12.
Cuadro 12
Precios pagados por las empresas industriales por la fibra de vicua
(Fuente: CONACS)
FIBRA DE VICUA
SUCIA CORTA
N EMPRESA PREDESCERDAD DESCERDADA
CLASIFICADA (EEUU$
A. (EEUU$ x Kg) (EEUU$ x Kg)
(EEUU$ x Kg) x Kg)
1 LEAF INC (-) 475.00
2 JOHNSTONS OD ELGIN (-) 507.00 650.00
3 PROSUR S.A. (-) 437.00 70.00
4 MICHELL & CIA. S.A. (-) 437.00 507.00
Z. HINCHILIFFE & SONS
5 507.00
LTDA. (+)
INTERNATIONAL VICUA
6 380.00
CONSORTIUM (-)
7 INCALPACA TPX (*) 450.00 625.00
(-) Ao 2003-2004
(+) Ao 2004
(*) Ao 2005
38
La industria artesanal basada en la fibra de alpaca, llama y vicua, cobra cada vez mayor
importancia en el Per debido a la creciente demanda de los productos artesanales tanto en el
mercado externo como en el interno. El crecimiento del flujo turstico al Per es de suponer que
cree an una mayor demanda. El artesanal es un sector que engloba una considerable cantidad de
micro empresarios que constituyen una importante fuente de trabajo que absorbe gran cantidad de
mano de obra. Su crecimiento debe favorecer a los productores de camlidos al crearse mayor
demanda para sus productos.
39
7. APROVECHAMIENTO DE LA CARNE
La produccin total de carne depende naturalmente de la saca anual, es decir, del nmero de
animales que anualmente se descartan del rebao para ser destinados a sacrificio. Aunque no hay
datos concretos, se estima que el porcentaje de saca anual, tanto en alpacas como en llamas, es del
orden del 10 a 12 por ciento que, como ya se mencion, se debe al bajo porcentaje de hembras que
se suele mantener en los rebaos as como a las bajas tasas de natalidad y alta mortalidad de cras.
La saca, en gran mayora, est constituida por animales viejos, hembras y machos, que han llegado
al final de su vida productiva. Esto hace que la presencia de sarcocistes en la musculatura sea
elevada y que la carne sea de inferior calidad.
No existen estadsticas precisas sobre el nmero de llamas y alpacas que se destinan al sacrificio
anualmente ni sobre la cantidad total de carne que se produce. Una considerable proporcin de
animales son beneficiados sin pasar necesariamente por los mataderos y que por lo tanto no pueden
ser contabilizados oficialmente. Tomando como base una saca de 12 por ciento anual y las
poblaciones existentes de alpacas y llamas (Cuadros 1 y 2), se estima que el nmero de animales
destinados cada ao a beneficio ascendera a 348 000 alpacas y 120 000 llamas. Con un peso de
canal de 30 kg para las alpacas y 55 kg para las llamas, las correspondientes cifras de produccin de
carne seran de 10 440 toneladas para alpaca y 6 600 toneladas para llama. Cunto de esto pasa por
los mataderos y cuantos se sacrifican fuera de ellos, no se conoce.
La mayor afluencia de alpacas y llamas a los mataderos ocurre en las zonas de mayor poblacin de
estos animales como son los Departamentos de Punto, Huancavelica, Apurmac, Cusco, en los que
tambin hay mayor demanda de la poblacin por estas carnes.
Las condiciones higinicas de los mataderos formales, aunque varan de un lugar a otro, son en
general aceptables y cuentan con los servicios de inspeccin veterinaria. Por el contrario, el
beneficio clandestino, fuera de los mataderos, se lleva a cabo en condiciones higinicas poco
adecuadas y carentes de control sanitario e inspeccin veterinaria, lo que constituye un medio de
propagacin de enfermedades.
La carne de camlidos tiene una composicin nutritiva similar a la de otras especies domsticas; es,
por lo tanto una importante fuente de protenas y otros elementos esenciales como minerales y
vitaminas (Cuadro 13). Sus caractersticas organolpticas no difieren de la carne de otras especies
aunque la procedente de machos enteros adultos puede tener un olor y sabor ms fuertes.
Cuadro 13
Composicin bromatolgica de la carne de alpaca y llama
ALPACA LLAMA
Humedad (%) 71,9 -77,3 69,2 73,8
Protena (%) 18,9 - 21,7 19,4 24,8
Grasa (%) 1,1 7,2 1,2 4,8
Cenizas (%) 1,1 1,6 1,2 1,7
Colesterol (%) 0,20 0,16
Fuente: Vilca, 1991
La carne que proviene de los mataderos se destina mayormente al consumo directo en la forma de
carne fresca y, en menor proporcin a la elaboracin de otros productos, como embutidos. Por lo
general no se practica la clasificacin de canales por calidad y tampoco existe un sistema
estandarizado de cortes. Se sigue un sistema similar al de ovinos, an cuando hay diferentes
propuestas para la canal de los camlidos. Una de ellas consiste en dividir la canal en tres partes
principales: el bistec (pierna y brazuelo) que representa el 47 por ciento; el churrasco (lomo,
churrasco de costilla) que representa el 15 por ciento, y el sancochado (pescuezo, pecho, osobuco,
costillar y falda) que constituye el 38 por ciento restante (Vilca, 1991). Hay otras propuestas que
consideran mayor nmero de cortes.
Las tcnicas de elaboracin de charqui tienen algunas variaciones de un lugar a otro aunque el
principio es el mismo. En un estudio realizado en 16 comunidades campesinas de Ayacucho y
Huancavelica se encontr que los pasos que se siguen en la elaboracin familiar de charqui son: a)
laminado de la carne; b) espolvoreo con sal granulada y c) secado natural, con exposicin directa al
sol. En la mayora de casos la duracin total del proceso vari de 15 a 25 das.
Para la elaboracin de la chalona, en el canal ntegro se practican cortes en las regiones musculares
a fin de introducir la sal; adems, se cubre de sal toda la superficie de la carcasa. El secado se hace
41
exponiendo al sol durante el da y al fro en las noches, hasta lograr la deshidratacin. El proceso
dura entre 7 y 8 das. Es un proceso de deshidratacin y desecado por congelamiento.
El charqui procede en mayor escala de carne de llama pues es practicada ms a nivel de pequeos
productores. En las explotaciones de alpacas de mayor magnitud, como son las empresas
asociativas y medianos productores, se suele hacer la matanza colectiva de los animales destinados
a saca para luego procesarlos en forma de chalona.
Las menudencias son en parte consumidas en forma fresca y, en parte, procesadas como carne seca
salada para su conservacin.
En cuanto al destino del charqui y de la chalona, se estima que un 30 por ciento es para
autoconsumo y un 70 por ciento para el comercio siendo los destinos finales las poblaciones de la
selva, los centros mineros y ciudades de la costa, en orden de importancia. Estudios hechos sobre
rendimiento de charqui y chalona indican porcentajes que varan de 25 a 46 por ciento (Vilca,
1991).
Otros productos crnicos que eventualmente se fabrican a partir de carne de camlidos incluyen el
jamn y las conservas enlatadas. Se han logrado resultados promisorios en los ensayos realizados
sobre preparacin de estos productos; sin embargo an no se han desarrollado en escala comercial.
Subproductos como la sangre y vsceras tambin son aprovechadas a nivel domstico.
Hay un inters creciente en promover el consumo de carne de alpaca a travs de la oferta de recetas
y platos especiales en el men de restaurantes tanto de Lima como de provincias, sobre todo de los
lugares que reciben un flujo turstico elevado como es el caso del Cusco. Tambin es posible
encontrar en algunos supermercados de Lima carne de alpaca; as mismo, algunos restaurantes
ofrecen potajes especiales a base de esta carne
42
Con el suministro al mercado de una carne de mejor calidad, proveniente de animales jvenes y
libres de parsitos como la sarcocistiosis, es posible esperar la apertura de un mercado mucho
mayor y ms equitativo en precio, para la carne de los camlidos. Existe tambin un importante
potencial de exportacin por la creciente demanda por carnes exticas producidas bajo condiciones
de pastoreo como es el caso de las alpacas y llamas. Adems, se trata de carnes magras con un bajo
contenido de colesterol.
Fuera de las vsceras, los principales subproductos del beneficio de los animales son las pieles y
cueros. Las vsceras, frescas o deshidratadas, se destinan a autoconsumo. Con frecuencia, en la
matanza clandestina, se alimenta a los perros con algunas vsceras lo que constituye el vehculo de
transmisin de muchas de las afecciones parasitarias como la sarcocistiosis y la hidatidosis.
Las pieles se destinan mayormente a usos artesanales. Son particularmente cotizadas las pieles de
animales jvenes, menores de 6 meses de edad, por la calidad de su fibra. Los cueros se utilizan
para la curtiembre y la fabricacin de una serie de productos como zapatos, chaquetas, bolsas,
correas, etc. El cuero de llama es especialmente cotizado para la confeccin de lazos o reatas, por
su gran resistencia a la traccin.
43
Tal como se observa en el Cuadro 14, las mayores tasas de mortalidad se observan en cras con
valores extremos que van de 9,3 a 56,6 por ciento, lo que representa prdidas econmicas
considerables. Adems, esta alta mortalidad de cras, combinada con la alta incidencia de muerte
embrionaria temprana y baja tasa de natalidad anual (alrededor del 50%), trae como consecuencia
una escasa disponibilidad de reemplazos lo que limita las posibilidades de seleccin y mejoramiento
gentico, tal como ya se ha mencionado en secciones anteriores.
Cuadro 14
Porcentajes de mortalidad anual por edad en alpacas de la regin del Altiplano de Per
Entre las causas de mortalidad, tanto de cras como de adultos, ocupan el primer lugar las
enfermedades infecciosas, seguidas por las metablicas (Cuadro 15). Las enfermedades parasitarias
no son causa importante de muerte pero s ocasionan alta morbilidad.
Cuadro 15
Causas de mortalidad en alpacas segn edad, en un sistema de produccin del Altiplano de
Per (%)
Categora Cra Tui Adulto
Enf. Infecciosas 66,5 53,1 52,4
Enf. Parasitarias 0,1 5,5 3,2
Enf. Metablicas 22,8 21,0 22,8
Causas fortuitas 4,0 11,7 11,4
8.1.1.1 Enterotoxemia
La enterotoxemia es una enfermedad infecciosa aguda que afecta a las cras de alpaca
principalmente dentro del primer mes de vida. Es la enfermedad ms devastadora y es producida
por la accin de las enterotoxinas provenientes de una bacteria anaerbica, el Clostridium
perfringens tipo A (antes llamada C. welchii) las cuales rpidamente causan dao severo a nivel
intestinal y rganos vitales que termina con la muerte repentina del animal. La mortalidad de cras
supera largamente el 50 por ciento en algunos aos.
Las primeras observaciones sobre esta enfermedad datan de la dcada de los cincuentas. En 1955,
fue Moro, un profesor de la Facultad de Medicina Veterinaria de la Universidad Nacional de San
Marcos, quien realiz los primeros estudios y denomin a la enfermedad diarrea bacilar, al
observar la presencia de un bacilo anaerbico en heces diarreicas de cras muertas. La confirmacin
final del agente etiolgico, C. perfringens tipo A, fue realizada tomando como base la deteccin de
la alfa toxina. Antes de eso, la enfermedad fue considerada como una forma aguda de la
denominada fiebre de alpaca producida por el Strepcoccus zooepidemicus (Ramrez, 19991).
Estudios posteriores han dado mayores luces sobre el agente etiolgico de la enfermedad aun
cuando quedan muchas interrogantes, que son materia de estudio.
Actualmente no se cuenta con una vacuna que conceda una proteccin efectiva a las cras contra la
enterotoxemia. Hay investigaciones en marcha y se espera tener resultados positivos en un futuro
cercano. El proyecto TCP/RLA/2914 que como se mencion, ejecuta la UPCH en colaboracin
con CONACS, tiene como uno de sus objetivos el estudio de las causas de mortalidad neonatal
45
entre las cuales, sin duda, la enterotoxemia ocupa un lugar de primer orden. Se espera que pueda
llegarse a la produccin de una vacuna contra esta enfermedad.
Todo lo anterior demuestra lo mucho que queda por investigar en el tema de la enterotoxemia en
particular y de las causas concomitantes que intervienen en la mortalidad de cras de camlidos, en
general. Lo que se requiere realmente es un enfoque integral que incluya los factores tanto
infecciosos como los del medio ambiente y el manejo, a efectos de establecer medidas efectivas con
una base cientfica slida, que conduzcan a la reduccin de las prdidas ocasionadas por la
mortalidad neonatal.
8.1.1.2 Colibacilosis
Bajo este nombre se agrupan las formas diarreicas y septicmicas causadas por cepas de
Escherichia coli que afectan a las cras. Su presentacin es estimada en 15 por ciento. En la forma
entrica las cras presentan un cuadro diarreico por 3 a 8 das, deshidratacin, prdida de peso y, en
ocasiones, sobreviene la muerte, aunque algunas cras se recuperan. Los cuadros septicmicos, que
se presentan principalmente durante la primera semana de vida, se caracterizan por muerte
repentina.
La neumona aguda tiene un curso rpido que compromete al parnquima pulmonar; se presenta en
neonatos y animales jvenes. Las muertes de cras por esta causa van de 2 a 27 por ciento tanto en
alpacas como en llamas (Ramrez, 1991).
Los cuadros septicmicos pueden tener causas variadas dentro de las cuales una de las ms
frecuentes es la onfaloflebitis que es consecuencia de una desinfeccin deficiente del ombligo y
falta de higiene.
46
Se describen otras afecciones patolgicas de las cras pero que no tienen una connotacin mortal
tales como la querato conjuntivitis, los absesos y la necrobacilosis.
d) Otras enfermedades incluyen la fiebre aftosa, el ttano. antrax, otitis, etc. cuyas
prevalencias son menores aunque ocasionalmente podran revestir cierta importancia.
An cuando no se han reportado brotes masivos de fiebre aftosa en alpacas o llamas,
similares a los que ocurren en otros ungulados, los animales pueden ser portadores lo que
es un factor que limita las exportaciones de animales vivos. Recientemente la OIE ha
declarado la regin sur del pas, donde se encuentra la mayor poblacin de alpacas, como
libre de aftosa lo que podr facilitar los procedimientos a seguir para la exportacin de
animales vivos. Tambin se han reportado casos de afecciones micticas en llamas y
alpacas, que son tratables y sin mayor relevancia.
que sumar las prdidas por decomiso de carnes y vsceras parasitadas como es el caso de la
sarcocistiosis y los quistes hidticos.
Resulta difcil hacer un estimado de las prdidas econmicas causadas por las afecciones
parasitarias por la falta de estadsticas confiables; se estima, sin embargo, que alcanzan varios
millones de dlares al ao, lo que evidentemente va en detrimento de la economa de los
productores.
Los efectos positivos de un adecuado control parasitario han sido demostrados por varios
investigadores en el Per. Por ejemplo, en uno de los trabajos se observ que alpacas sometidas a
un programa de dosificacin estratgica con ivermectina, superaron al grupo testigo no tratado, en
6,9 kg en peso corporal y 0,45 kg en peso de velln. Por otro lado, la incidencia de sarna fue de
slo 1 por ciento en el grupo tratado en comparacin con 22 por ciento en el grupo testigo
(Guerrero y col., 1986). La relacin costo/beneficio fue favorable para el grupo tratado. Similares
resultados fueron encontrados en otro trabajo realizado en las zonas altas del Departamento de
Arequipa por Windsor y col. (1992).
Hay una serie de factores que contribuyen a la infestacin parasitaria, tales como el pastoreo de
animales en ambientes reducidos y altamente contaminados por heces y huevos de parsitos, sin la
adecuada rotacin de pastos; la disminucin de defensas de los animales por factores estresantes
tales como la paricin y lactancia en el caso de las madres y el destete en el caso de las cras; el
mantenimiento de los estercoleros sin la limpieza adecuada, entre otros. El hbito de los camlidos
de depositar sus deyecciones en un determinado lugar, formando estercoleros, es probablemente
una forma de prevenir la diseminacin de parsitos en los pastizales; sin embargo, cuando hay
sobrepoblacin esta aparente ventaja puede convertirse en desventaja.
Los parsitos que se localizan en el tubo digestivo, ya sea en el abomaso o en los intestinos,
producen alteraciones estructurales y funcionales de la mucosa con grave interferencia en la
digestin y absorcin de los alimentos lo que va en detrimento de las funciones productivas como
son crecimiento, reproduccin y produccin de fibra. Adems las larvas de Lamanema al migrar al
hgado ocasionan lesiones cirrticas que se visualizan externamente como pequeos abscesos de
color blanquecino, dando al rgano un aspecto moteado que puede dar lugar a su decomiso.
8.2.2 SARCOCISTIOSIS
Esta es una enfermedad que tiene una gran repercusin econmica y que constituye actualmente un
freno para la comercializacin de la carne de CSA. Es producida por una coccidia del gnero
Sarcocystis del que existen tres especies: S. tilopodi (o S. guanicoecanis) en guanacos; S. aucheniae
en alpacas, llamas y vicuas, que producen quistes macroscpicos en la musculatura esqueltica; y
el S. lamacanis, encontrado en alpacas, que forma quistes microscpicos infectivos en corto tiempo,
en la musculatura miocrdica y esqueltica.
Hasta hace poco haba duda acerca de si se trataba de una sola especie de Sarcocystis que era
responsable de la formacin de los dos tipos de quistes y que los microquistes no seran sino un
estadio temprano de desarrollo de los macroquistes. Mediante tcnicas de biologa molecular se ha
llegado a establecer recientemente y en forma concluyente que se trata efectivamente de dos
especies genticamente diferentes: S. aucheniae y S. lamacanis (Hung, 2005; comunicacin
personal).
La coccidia causante de esta enfermedad es de ciclo indirecto, donde los perros y carnvoros
silvestres son los hospederos definitivos en cuyo intestino se efecta la reproduccin sexual
mientras que la reproduccin asexual se realiza en los capilares, arteriolas y msculo esqueltico y
cardaco de los CSA, que son los hospederos intermediarios.
El dao que ocasiona el parsito est relacionado fundamentalmente con el decomiso de la carne
con presencia de los quistes en la musculatura, lo que da lugar a prdidas econmicas. Adems crea
una imagen negativa de la carne de los camlidos lo que repercute en el grado de aceptacin por el
pblico. Al ser ingerida por el humano, la carne con sarcocistes, insuficientemente cocida, produce
un cuadro de gastroenteritis con nusea, diarrea, clicos y escalofros, sntomas que se deberan a
una toxina presente en los quistes, la misma que es desactivada mediante la coccin. Por lo tanto, la
carne con sarcocistes, debidamente cocida, no constituye un problema de salud pblica.
La propagacin de la enfermedad se ve favorecida por la ingestin de carne con sarcocistes por los
perros que son los compaeros inseparables de los pastores de alpacas y llamas. A ellos se agregan
los carnvoros silvestres, como los zorros, que al consumir carne con el parsito, eliminan millones
de ooquistes diseminndolos por los pastizales. Entonces la forma de controlar la sarcocistiosis es
evitando el consumo de carne contaminada por los perros y controlando la accin de los carnvoros
silvestres. Ambas acciones no son nada fciles dadas las condiciones en que se desarrolla la crianza
de los camlidos. Frente a esta situacin se est trabajando actualmente en la produccin de una
vacuna que aplicada a los animales en pastoreo ofrezca una proteccin efectiva contra esta
enfermedad. Estos trabajos, al igual que la tipificacin gentica de los sarcocistes, estn siendo
realizados por la Facultad de Veterinaria y Zootecnia de la Universidad Peruana Cayetano Heredia
con apoyo de la FAO a travs del proyecto TCP/RLA/2914, ya mencionado.
Habida cuenta de que la mayor incidencia de macroquistes se observa en animales mayores de dos
aos, una forma de disminuir los decomisos es haciendo la saca temprana, es decir, destinando al
49
sacrificio animales jvenes no aptos para la reproduccin, antes de que se hagan visibles los
macroquistes. Esto implica incrementar la proporcin de vientres y hacer la saca de los capones a la
edad ms temprana posible, antes de los dos aos. Esto permite no slo disminuir las perdidas por
decomiso de carcasas sino tambin la oferta de una carne de calidad superior y de mayor aceptacin
por los consumidores.
8.2.3 HIDATIDOSIS
Es producida por los estadios csticos de de la tenia Echinococcus granulosus cuya forma adulta se
encuentra en el intestino delgado del perro y carnvoros silvestres. Los quistes por lo general se
localizan en el hgado y pulmones lo que da lugar al decomiso de dichos rganos y las
consiguientes prdidas econmicas. Desde el punto de vista de la salud pblica tiene tambin
importancia por tratarse de una zoonosis que tiene relativamente una alta incidencia en las zonas de
crianza de camlidos.
El control de la enfermedad, al igual que en el caso de sarcocistiosis, consiste en evitar que los
perros consuman vsceras con los quistes y la dosificacin peridica de stos contra el
Echinococcus.
8.2.4 DISTOMATOSIS
Es causada por la Fasciola heptica que parasita los conductos biliares del hgado. Su ciclo
evolutivo involucra la participacin de un hospedero intermediario, un caracol del gnero Limnea,
que habita las zonas hmedas y pantanosas. En las regiones altas de la puna, la incidencia de
distomatosis en alpacas y llamas parece ser baja, lo cual se atribuye a que las condiciones climticas
no seran adecuadas para el desarrollo del caracol. Sin embargo cuando los animales son
trasladados a zonas ms bajas, donde por lo general abundan los caracoles, pueden ocurrir
infestaciones masivas produciendo cuadros agudos y elevada mortalidad. Esto ocurri con alpacas
que fueron trasladadas del Departamento de Puno a Cajamarca, en las etapas iniciales del
Programa de Repoblamiento de Alpacas, referido anteriormente.
La piojera es otra enfermedad producida por parsitos de los gneros Microthoracius y Damalinia.
Son parsitos suctopicadores o masticadores que se alimentan de la sangre en el primer caso y de
las clulas epiteliales descamadas en el segundo, causando prurito lo que hace que los animales se
50
9. CONCLUSIONES Y PERSPECTIVAS
Los camlidos sudamericanos representan un recurso gentico de gran importancia tanto desde el
punto de vista econmico como social, cultural y cientfico. La alpaca y la llama constituyen la base
de sustento de un vasto sector de la poblacin de la regin alto andina del Per.
Pese a su gran importancia el aprovechamiento pleno de este recurso est limitado por factores de
naturaleza tanto tcnica como social y econmica. Para lograr un mayor beneficio de la crianza de
alpacas y llamas y contribuir al bienestar de los pequeos productores, en su mayora de muy
escasos recursos, hay necesidad de prestar la debida atencin a los siguientes aspectos:
Uso racional y sostenible de los recursos naturales. Puesto que las praderas constituyen
actualmente la base de la alimentacin de los camlidos, la sostenibilidad del sistema
depende en gran medida del manejo racional de este recurso.
Muchos de los aspectos mencionados han sido materia de investigacin y se dispone de informacin
razonable; sin embargo, la adopcin de las tecnologas por parte del productor es muy limitada.
Esto obedece a la ausencia de un servicio de informacin y asistencia tcnica que se encargue de la
difusin de los resultados. Por otro lado, el pequeo productor a menudo carece de recursos e
incentivos econmicos que hagan atractivos los cambios.
La comercializacin de los productos es otro aspecto donde los productores enfrentan dificultades
debido al aislamiento en que se encuentran en relacin a los centros de venta; esto hace que tengan
que depender de los intermediarios que no necesariamente resultan ventajosos. De ah que la
organizacin de productores con fines productivos es esencial para lograr un mayor poder de
negociacin no slo para la comercializacin de los productos (Fibra, carne, animales en pie, etc)
sino tambin para acceder a servicios de asistencia tcnica, salud y educacin as como para facilitar
la adquisicin de insumos. La incorporacin de los pequeos productores a cadenas productivas de
mayor escala, debidamente articulados con el sector industrial, es probablemente el camino ms
deseable a seguir en el futuro, en lugar de que cada uno acte aisladamente.
Finalmente, cabe sealar que hay un creciente inters en la crianza de camlidos sudamericanos
domsticos en otras partes del mundo lo que est dando lugar a un incremento numrico
considerable de la poblacin de alpacas y llamas as como al desarrollo de programas de
investigacin de largo plazo. Tal es el caso de Australia, para citar un ejemplo. Esto constituye por
una parte una ventaja por la mayor demanda de animales en edad reproductiva para abastecer ese
mercado creciente lo que puede favorecer a los productores nacionales, pero por otro lado podra
constituir, en un plazo no muy lejano, un desafo para los pases andinos sino se toman las medidas
del caso para ser cada vez ms competitivos en el aporte de los productos de estas especies al
mercado internacional.
53
REFERENCIAS BIBLIOGRAFICAS
2. Carpio, M. 1991. Aspectos tecnolgicos de la fibra de los camlidos andinos. En: C.Novoa y
A. Florez, ed. Produccin de rumiantes menores: alpaca. RERUMEN, SR-CRSP-INIA, Lima
(Per).
3. Chvez, J.F. 1991. Mejoramiento gentico de alpacas y llamas. En: S. Fernndez-Baca, ed.
Avances y Perspectivas del Conocimiento de los Camlidos Sudamericanos. FAO/RLA,
Santiago (Chile).
5. Ellis, R.P. 1997. Sleuthing Clostridium perfringens enterotoxemia: the number one killer of
young Peruvian alpacas. The Alpaca Registry Journal, Vol. II (2): 1-7.
6. Esponda, R., Avalos, P., Huanco, C. y Huaco, Y. 2004. Situacin de los camlidos
sudamericanos en el Per. En: Bases para un Programa Macro regional de Ciencia, Tecnologa
e Innovacin. CONCYTEC-CONACS. Lima (Per)
9. Fernndez-Baca, S. 1993. Manipulation of reproductive functions in male and female New World
camelids. An. Reprod. Sci. 33: 307-323.
10. Franklin, W.L. y Powell, K.J. 1994. Guard llamas: a part of integrated sheep protection. Iowa
State University. University Extension. Ames, IA,USA.
11. Garmendia, A.E., Palmer, G.H, De Martn, J.C. y McGuire, T.C. 1987. Failure of passive
immunoglobulin transfer: a major determinant of mortality in newborn alpacas (L.pacos). Am.J.
Vet. Res., Vol. 48, No.10: 1472-1476.
12. Guerrero, C., Alva, J. y Nez, A. 1986. Evaluacin antihelmntica de la ivermectina contra
infecciones naturales de nemtodes gastrointestinales de alpacas. MV Rev. Cienc. Vet. 2:15-18,
Lima (Per).
13. Instituto Nacional de Estadstica e Informtica (INEI). 1996. III Censo Nacional
Agropecuario (III CENAGRO), Lima (Per).
14. Lazarte, J. 1990. Corriente comercial y precios relativos del complejo textil alpaquero peruano
1980-1989. Proyecto Alpacas, COTESU, Lima (Per).
54
16. Novoa, C. 1981. Camlidos sudamericanos. En: B. Muller-Haye y J. Gelman, ed. Recursos
genticos animales en Amrica Latina. Estudio FAO, Produccin y Sanidad Animal N 22.
Roma.
17. Novoa, C. 1987. Improvement of Andean camelids. En: J. Hodges, ed. Animal genetic
resources. Strategies for improved use and conservation. FAO, Animal Prod. and Health Paper
N 66. Rome (Italy).
18. Novoa, C. and Wilson,T. 1992. A global review of the genetic resources of Camelidae. En:
J.Hodges, ed. The Management of Global Animal Genetic Resources. Proc. FAO Expert
Consultation. Rome, Italy, 1992.
19. Ponzoni, R. y col. 1998. Phenotypes resulting from Huacaya by Huacaya, Suri by Huacaya and
Suri by Suri alpaca crossings. Proceedings of the Association for the Advancement of Animal
Breeding and Genetics. Vol. 12, Part 1, pp. 136-139. Australia.
22. Sumar, J. 1991. Caractersticas de las poblaciones de llamas y alpacas en la sierra sur del Per.
En: Informe de la Mesa Redonda sobre Camlidos Sudamericanos. Lima, Sept. 1991, GAN-37.
RLA, Santiago (Chile).
24. Velasco, J. 1980. Mejoramiento gentico de alpacas. Anales III Reunin Cientfica Anual. Soc.
Peruana de Prod. Animal. Lima (Per).
25. Vilca, M.A. 1991.Produccin, tecnologa e higiene de la carne. En: S. Fernndez-Baca, ed.
Avances y Perspectivas del Conocimiento de los Camlidos Sudamericanos. FAO/RLA,
Santiago (Chile).
26. Villarroel, J. 1991. Las fibras. En: S.Fernndez-Baca, ed. Avances y Perspectivas del
Conocimiento de los Camlidos Sudamericanos. FAO/RLA, Santiago (Chile).
27. Wheeler, J.C. 1991. Origen, evolucin y status actual (de los camlidos). En: S. Fernndez-
Baca, ed. Avances y Perspectivas del Conocimiento de los Camlidos Sudamericanos.
FAO/RLA. Santiago (Chile).
55
28. Windsor, R.H.S., Tern, M. y Windsor, R.S. 1992. Effects of parasitic infestation on the
productivity of alpacas (Lama pacos). Trop. Anim. Hlth. Prod., 24, 57-62.
56
ANEXO I
INSTITUCIONES E INSTITUCIONALIDAD
Numerosas instituciones, tanto pblicas como privadas, brindan apoyo a las actividades
relacionadas con los camlidos sudamericanos.
A. INSTITUCIONES PBLICAS
Creado en 1992 por Decreto Supremo N 029-92- AG. Es un organismo pblico descentralizado del
Ministerio de Agricultura, encargado de promover, asesorar y supervisar el desarrollo, la
conservacin, manejo y mejoramiento en el mbito nacional, de todas las especies de camlidos
sudamericanos y sus hbridos.
Para el cumplimiento de sus funciones, CONACS cuenta con 8 Oficinas Regionales localizadas en
los Departamentos de Apurmac, Arequipa, Ayacucho, Cusco, Huancavelica, Junn, Puno y Lima.
Cuenta as mismo, con un Consejo Directivo como rgano consultivo, integrado por: dos
representantes del Ministerio de Agricultura; un representante de los gobiernos regionales y otro de
las universidades del pas; un representante de cada una de las organizaciones de base (Sociedad
Nacional de Criadores de Vicua y Sociedad de Alpacas y Llamas registradas); y un representante
de los industriales textiles. Dicho consejo est dirigido por el Presidente del CONACS.
Es otro Organismo pblico descentralizado del Ministerio de Agricultura cuya misin es velar por
la conservacin y uso sostenible de los recursos naturales. En coordinacin con CONACS, cumple
la funcin de supervisar la conservacin, manejo y utilizacin racional de las especies silvestres:
vicua y guanaco.
57
El SENASA es otro organismo del Ministerio de Agricultura que como su nombre indica es la
responsable de resguardar la sanidad tanto animal como vegetal. Cuenta con una Direccin General
de Sanidad Animal, encargada del control y prevencin de las enfermedades de los animales a nivel
nacional, lo que incluye a los camlidos sudamericanos.
Es el organismo oficial del Gobierno, dependiente del Ministerio de Agricultura, cuya misin es la
investigacin y la transferencia de tecnologa. Cuenta con estaciones experimentales a lo largo del
pas, una de ellas dedicada exclusivamente a la investigacin y conservacin de recursos genticos
de camlidos sudamericanos. Esta es la Estacin de Quimsachata, ubicada en el Departamento de
Puno.
Universidades pblicas
Otras instituciones que realizan investigaciones en camlidos son: la Universidad Nacional San
Antonio Abad del Cusco y la Universidad Nacional del Altiplano, Puno, ambas con facilidades en
la Estacin de Camlidos de La Raya; la Universidad Nacional de San Agustn, de Arequipa; la
Universidad Federico Basadre de Tacna, Universidad de Ayacucho, el Instituto Peruano de Energa
Nuclear (IPEN), entre otras.
Otras instituciones pblicas relacionadas de una forma u otra con los camlidos sudamericanos son:
Ministerio de la Produccin; Ministerio de Comercio Exterior y Turismo; el Fondo de
Compensacin Econmica y Social (FONCODES); el Programa Nacional de Manejo de las
Cuencas Hidrogrficas (PRONAMACHS); Comisin para la Promocin de las Exportaciones
(PROMPEX); Comisin de Promocin de la Pequea y Mediana Empresa (PROMPYME); Instituto
Nacional de Defensa Civil, Gobiernos Regionales y Locales.
B. INSTITUCIONES PRIVADAS
Las instituciones privadas involucradas en el sector de camlidos incluyen, entre otras, las
siguientes:
ANEXO II
LEGISLACION Y POLITICAS
Segn esta ley se declara a la vicua y el guanaco, especies de fauna silvestre sujetas a proteccin
por el Estado. La crianza, al igual que la transformacin y comercializacin de sus productos,
pueden ser efectuados por cualquier persona natural o jurdica bajo supervisin del Estado el que
garantiza a las comunidades campesinas, empresas asociativas y otros propietarios de tierras de la
regin andina, el derecho a participar en el aprovechamiento de los hatos de vicuas y guanacos que
se encuentran en sus tierras. La Ley seala tambin que el Estado fomenta e incentiva la
investigacin para el mejoramiento gentico de los Camlidos Sudamericanos.
En el Reglamento de esta Ley se hacen algunas precisiones tales como las restricciones al comercio
exterior de alpacas de la raza Suri en todos sus colores, del hbrido paco-vicua y de alpacas de raza
Huacaya en todos sus colores excepto el blanco, en vista del reducido nmero de las poblaciones de
estos animales.
Decreto Supremo N 017.93.PCM, del 6 de abril de 1993, que dispone que la Reserva Nacional
Pampa Galeras ubicada en la Provincia de Lucanas, se conozca bajo la denominacin
RESERVA NACIONAL PAMPA GALERAS BARBARA DACHILLE en homenaje a la Seora
Brbara DAchille quien se destac por su constante preocupacin por la proteccin y conservacin
del medio ambiente.
comunidades campesinas donde se hallan los animales y se autoriza a las comunidades beneficiarse
de los animales previo cumplimiento de requisitos establecidos por CONACS.
Faculta al Ministerio de Agricultura, a travs del CONACS, entregar en custodia y usufructo, hatos
de vicuas y/o guanacos a personas naturales y jurdicas distintas de comunidades campesinas, en
concordancia con el Decreto Legislativo 653- Ley de Promocin de las Inversiones en el sector
agrario.
La ley establece adems normas generales sobre los registros genealgicos, la identificacin de los
animales de superior calidad gentica, las regulaciones sobre la exportacin de la reserva gentica
de alpacas y llamas, etc.
62
1. Introduccin
Para realizar un adecuado y exitoso manejo de la vicua se requiere considerar que existen
enfermedades que pueden provocar importantes prdidas que afectan la productividad de un
rebao; por lo tanto se requiere establecer algn tipo de manejo sanitario que permita un
adecuado control de las variables que inciden en la presentacin de cuadros patolgicos
causados por diferentes tipos de agentes.
Fotografa: R. Denegri
1
Encargado de Proteccin Pecuaria, Regin de Arica y Parinacota. Servicio Agrcola y Ganadero.
2
Sectorial de Controles Fronterizos, Regin de Arica y Parinacota. Servicio Agrcola y Ganadero.
3
Proteccin de los Recursos Naturales Renovables, Regin de Arica y Parinacota. Servicio Agrcola y Ganadero.
BOLETN VETERINARIO OFICIAL, BVO N9, II SEMESTRE 2007 1/21
Manejo sanitario de la vicua
Existen enfermedades infecciosas y parasitarias que afectan a los camlidos sudamericanos,
que deben ser consideradas al momento de planificar un desarrollo adecuado de los animales,
especial atencin merecen las enfermedades parasitarias, que sin llegar a provocar la muerte,
son capaces de mermar notoriamente el rendimiento productivo de un animal, como es el caso
de parsitos externos como la sarna y garrapatas y otros internos como los gastrointestinales.
Para su control se debe implementar un plan teraputico rutinario, en conjunto con prcticas
ganaderas que minimicen las probabilidades de reinfestacin.
Por otra parte, para el manejo de las enfermedades infecciosas, cobra mayor validez la
aplicacin de medidas profilcticas, que incluyan todos los aspectos necesarios para prevenir la
aparicin de una patologa, considerando, inclusive, la inmunizacin activa.
A continuacin se tratan algunas enfermedades que afectan con ms frecuencia a las vicuas y
otras que pudieran adquirir importancia al realizarse manejos que impliquen una crianza de
estos animales en reas delimitadas de terreno.
2. Enfermedades ectoparasitarias
Son aquellas en que los parsitos se encuentren en la piel y sus anexos tegumentarios.
2.1 Sarna
Es una enfermedad infesto-contagiosa que afecta la piel y es producida por caros. En alpacas,
llamas y vicuas se ha reportado la presencia de Sarcoptes scabiei aucheniae, la cual produce
la sarna sarcptica y Psoroptes aucheniae, que produce la sarna psorptica (Legua, 1999).
Ciclo biolgico
Corresponde a un ciclo directo, constituido por tres fases evolutivas con metamorfosis completa.
Las hembras depositan huevos en galeras fabricadas en la piel en el caso de Sarcoptes y
sobre la piel en el caso de Psoroptes. De los huevos emergen hembras hexpodas que mudan
transformndose en ninfas octpodas, para posteriormente diferenciarse en machos y hembras.
El ciclo completo de Sarcoptes es de 18 a 26 das y de Psoroptes, 10 a 12 das (Snchez et al.,
1985).
Fotografa: R. Denegri
BOLETN VETERINARIO OFICIAL, BVO N9, II SEMESTRE 2007 2/21
Manejo sanitario de la vicua
CICLO BIOLGICO DE SARCOPTES
Ninfas
12-15 das Muere
Adultos
3-8 das
fecundacin en la
EPIDERMIS
HUEVOS
(2 a 3 por da)
por 30 das DERMIS
Muere
Epidemiologa
Sintomatologa
Sarcoptes se introduce en la piel y forma tneles o galeras. Mediante su aparato bucal y saliva
produce una accin mecnica, txica e irritativa que se traduce en una intensa reaccin
inflamatoria, la cual es ms dramtica en animales reinfestados, en los que se desarrollan
cuadros de dermatitis hipersensible. Este tipo de sarna se localiza primariamente en zonas
desprovistas de piel (axilas, entrepiernas, vientre, etc.) inicindose la lesin como pequeos
focos eritematosos, con bastante prurito y exudado seroso que al coagularse da lugar a costras
agrietadas, sangrantes y dolorosas. Estas lesiones pueden extenderse progresivamente a otras
regiones, llegando a veces a generalizarse en todo el cuerpo. El intenso prurito, ocasiona que
los animales se muerdan o rasquen las zonas afectadas o se soben contra superficies duras, lo
que induce un mayor dao traumtico que puede complicarse con infecciones bacterianas
secundarias, produciendo heridas pigenas que agravan el cuadro clnico. (Legua, 1999).
Diagnstico
Se realiza mediante observacin de las lesiones en la piel del animal, sumado a la presencia de
prurito. El diagnstico definitivo se realiza mediante un examen microscpico de raspado de piel
de las zonas afectadas, a fin de determinar la presencia de los caros.
Tratamiento
Uno de los tratamientos posibles es la aplicacin de un bao acaricida, el cual se debe repetir a
los 15 das para eliminar a los individuos recin eclosionados. Los insecticidas menos txicos
son los piretroides, como la permetrina, la cipermetrina, el d-fenotrn y la tetrametrina. Esos
productos alteran la transmisin nerviosa del parsito, interfieren en los canales de sodio y
causan su parlisis; presentan, adems, una accin repelente y residual al tratamiento.
Sin embargo el mtodo mas efectivo consiste en la aplicacin de antiparasitarios sistmicos
como Ivermectina que con dosis de 200 mcg/Kg de peso por va subcutnea, presenta alta
efectividad y gran poder residual (Guerrero et al., 1986).
2.2 Garrapatas
Segn Dale y Venero (1977) la especie que parasita a la vicua es Amblyomma parvitarsum y
se localiza de preferencia en la regin perianal; ello ha sido confirmado para las poblaciones del
altiplano chileno (SAG, 2002).
Cabe sealar el hallazgo de una larva de esta especie de garrapata en una lagartija de la
especie Liolaemus jamesi. Esta fue capturada en marzo de 2003 en el Parque Nacional Surire,
cerca del Salar de Surire, en el altiplano de la Provincia de Parinacota, a 4.250 m.s.n.m. Este es
el primer registro confirmado de una larva de A. parvitarsum en una lagartija y, adems, en un
ambiente compartido con camlidos sudamericanos, hospedadores del estado adulto del
parsito (Gonzlez et al., 2004)
El ciclo completo de A. parvitarsum se conoce por analoga con estudios en A. habreum, que
son garrapatas de 3 hospederos, es decir, que los diferentes estadios del desarrollo requieren
de un mismo o distintos hospederos para completar su desarrollo, siendo estos roedores, aves
y camlidos.
Epidemiologa
Las garrapatas se ubican preferentemente en las zonas del cuerpo con piel delgada y sin fibra,
como la regin perianal, donde se fijan firmemente al husped succionando la sangre y linfa de
ste. Por el hecho de ser hematfagos y pasar por distintos hospederos, adquieren gran
importancia desde el punto de vista mdico veterinario y de salud pblica, ya que pueden ser
vectores de enfermedades bacterianas, virales, protozoarias y rickettsiales (Barriga, 1994).
Habitan zonas de la pradera alto andina, con entorno climtico de temperaturas entre -10 y 18
C, y humedad relativa entre 45 y 65%; que corresponde al hbitat de los camlidos
sudamericanos. Las Ninfas y Adultos se observan muy activos en los estercoleros o letrinas que
habitualmente forman los camlidos (Rojas 2004).
Sintomatologa
Diagnstico
Tratamiento
Se pueden realizar los mismos tratamientos usados para combatir la sarna; es decir, un bao
acaricida o un antiparasitario sistmico.
Las hembras depositan huevos o liendres ovales y translcidos, cubiertos de una sustancia
pegajosa que les permite adherirse fuertemente a la fibra. All se desarrollan dando lugar a 3
estados ninfales, para finalmente transformarse en adultos, entre 3 a 5 semanas (Legua,
1999).
Epidemiologa
Los piojos no sobreviven ms de una semana fuera del husped y los huevos no eclosionan a
temperaturas menores que la corporal de las alpacas.
Estos parsitos afectan con ms frecuencia a animales jvenes as como a aquellos sometidos
a condiciones de manejo deficientes (sobrepoblacin y mala alimentacin, entre otros) o a
condiciones estresantes y debilitantes (Legua, op.cit.).
Sintomatologa
Tratamiento
El control de los piojos masticadores, como en el caso de la sarna, implica el tratamiento del
animal infestado con baos antiparasitarios. Los insecticidas menos txicos utilizados son los
piretroides, entre los que se encuentran la permetrina, cipermetrina, d-fenotrin y tetrametrina.
Estos productos actan alterando la transmisin nerviosa del parsito interfiriendo en los
canales de sodio y causando la parlisis del insecto, teniendo adems accin repelente,
otorgando una accin residual post-tratamiento.
3. Enfermedades endoparasitarias
Esta enfermedad es producida por distintas especies de nemtodos que actan generalmente
asociados. Los nemtodos constituyen una clase dentro del grupo Asquelmintos, la que est
conformada por unas 12.000 especies. Son organismos fusiformes, cilndricos y no
segmentados. Su cutcula no es elstica motivo por el cual, como sucede con muchos
artrpodos, necesitan mudar peridicamente para crecer en longitud y espesor.
Existen especies de nemtodos especficos de los camlidos como son: Graphinema
aucheniae, Spiculopteragia peruviana, camelostrongylus, Nematodirus lamae, y lamanema.
En las vicuas presentes en altiplano chileno se han encontrado huevos de Nematodirus,
Trichuris, Capilaria y Lamanema (SAG, 2002).
Estudios realizados en vicuas del departamento de Arequipa, Per han determinado como
nemtodos ms frecuentes en vicuas a Moniezia, Nematodirus, Trichuris, Ostertagia,
Lamanema y Trichostrongilus (Cartagena et al., 2004).
Ciclo biolgico
El ciclo es directo, con variaciones entre las distintas especies, lo que permite agruparlas en dos
tipos.
a) Especies con larvas que se desarrollan fuera del huevo: los huevos son eliminados al
medio ambiente por las fecas del hospedador, desde donde emergen larvas L1, que se
tranforman en L2, ambos estadios son larvas desnudas poco resistentes a la sequedad y a
temperaturas bajas, las que sobreviven alimentandose de bacterias y otros
microorganismos. La larva de tercer estado (L3) infectante, est cubierta por una doble
cutcula que la hace resistente a las bajas temperaturas. Esta es ingerida con el pasto,
llegando a las diferentes reas del tracto digestivo dependiendo de la especie, donde se
transforman en L4 y posteriormente L5, las que maduraran y producen huevos que son
eliminados a travs de las fecas; con ello se cierra el ciclo. Con este ciclo se encuentran los
nemtodos que producen huevos tipo Strongylus: Trichostrongylus, Ostertagia,
Spiculopteragia, Graphinema, Cooperia y Oesophagostomum
L3
L4-L5
L3
L4-L5
Huevos
Huevos
SUELO L1 L1-L2-L3
L3
L2
Epidemiologa
Sintomatologa
Tratamiento
3.2 Coccidiosis
Es una enfermedad producida por protozoos del gnero Eimeria; en vicuas de Per se han
reportado 4 especies: E. alpacae, E. lamae, E. mucusaniensis y E. punoensis, todas parasitan
las clulas del Intestino Delgado. (Legua, 1991).
Ciclo biolgico
El ciclo es directo, donde el animal se infecta al ingerir pasto o agua contaminados con
ooquistes microscpicos esporulados (esporozoitos) que han sido eliminados por las heces
desde el intestino de los hospedadores (Guerrero et al., 1970). Dichas estructuras contienen en
su interior 8 esporozoitos que se liberan en el estmago del nuevo hospedador, desde donde
invaden las clulas epiteliales o glndulas crpticas del intestino, all inician la reproduccin
asexual transformndose en esquizontes que se reproducen internamente hasta romper las
clulas, liberando cientos de merozoitos que ingresan a nuevas clulas intestinales, dando lugar
a la segunda y siguientes generaciones de esquizontes. Posteriormente, se inicia la
reproduccin sexual o gametogonia, aqu algunos merozoitos se diferencian en clulas
femeninas, macrogamontes que originaran macrogametos y otros en clulas masculinas,
microgamontes, que originarn microgametos. La unin de ambos forma un ooquiste inmaduro
que es eliminado con las heces al ambiente, donde, en presencia de humedad y temperatura
adecuada esporula, originando 4 esporocistos con dos esporozoitos cada uno. (Guerrero et al.,
1970, 1971).
Liberacin de Formacin
Microgametos de
LUMEN Trofozoito
INTESTINAL
Penetracin de
Microgametos
en Macrogamonte Invasin de nueva
clula Intestinal
Macrogamonte
fecundado (Cigoto)
Formacin y maduracin del
Formacin Esquizonte y posterior salida
del Ooquiste de Merozoitos
Formacin
Ooquiste Esporozoito de
Inmaduro Ingresa por Trofozoito
saliendo al lumen Alimento o
intestinal Bebida
Sintomatologa
Esta enfermedad generalmente se presenta en forma subclnica. En los casos clnicos existe
presencia de diarrea ligeramente sanguinolenta y maloliente, acompaada de deshidratacin,
sed, perdida de peso, debilidad, postracin y en casos graves, la muerte.
Diagnstico
Se basa en la observacin de los signos clnicos, confirmado por un examen coprolgico para
determinar la presencia de ooquistes esporulados.
Tratamiento
3.3 Hidatidosis
Ciclo biolgico
Epidemiologa
Sintomatologa
Diagnstico
Se realiza mediante la necropsia del animal, encontrando los quistes en distintos rganos del
animal.
No existe tratamiento para eliminar las formas parasitarias dentro de los quistes, por lo que la
prevencin mediante el tratamiento antiparasitario de los perros pastores y la educacin
sanitaria, enfocada a la destruccin de las vsceras de animales domsticos que son faenados
en el campo, son fundamentales para cortar el ciclo y evitar el contagio de las vicuas y
animales herbvoros domsticos.
3.4 Sarcocistiosis
Ciclo biolgico
Es un ciclo indirecto, donde la vicua acta como husped intermediario. El animal se infecta al
ingerir pasto o agua contaminados con ooquistes esporulados que han sido eliminados por las
heces de los perros. Los ooquistes en su interior contienen esporozoitos, los cuales luego de
liberados en el estmago, atraviesan la pared intestinal y se dirigen al endotelio vascular de los
distintos rganos. Aqu darn origen a 2 generaciones de esquizontes mediante reproduccin
asexual (esquizogonia). La tercera generacin de esquizontes se realiza en el msculo cardiaco
(Legua et al., 1988).
Los esquizontes se reproducen internamente hasta romper las clulas, liberando cientos de
merozoitos que son transportados por el torrente sanguneo hacia la musculatura esqueltica y
cardiaca, donde se transforman en metrozoitos, que se multiplican, originando una cubierta
qustica, que proteger a los bradizoitos que son las formas infectantes. El ciclo contina
cuando un carnvoro ingiere msculo con quistes, liberndose en el intestino los bradizoitos
que ingresan a las clulas, dando origen a la fase sexual o gametogonia. Con produccin de
clulas femeninas, macrogamontes que originaran macrogametos y otros en clulas
masculinas, microgamontes que originarn microgametos, de la unin de estos con los
magrogametos se formar el ooquiste inmaduro que esporula o madura en el intestino delgado,
siendo eliminado con las heces al medio ambiente, donde ser ingerido por los camlidos que
reiniciarn el ciclo. (Legua et al., op cit.)
Epidemiologa
Esta enfermedad se presenta generalmente en forma subclnica en animales adultos, donde las
vicuas actan como husped intermediario, siendo los carnvoros los huspedes definitivos,
habindose demostrado en perros la participacin en el ciclo biolgico (Alva et al., 1981). La
supervivencia de las formas infectantes del parsito es mayor en periodos de lluvias y en zonas
hmedas.
En caso de consumo por parte del ser humano de carne que contengan quistes, se puede
producir un cuadro de gastroenteritis generada por la accin de sustancias txicas presentes en
estos.
Diagnstico
Tratamiento
No se ha descrito un tratamiento efectivo, ya que no existen productos que tengan accin sobre
las formas qusticas del parsito. Lo mas efectivo es realizar tratamiento antiparasitario a los
perros pastores que pudieran estar eliminando formas infectantes al medio, para lo cual se han
utilizado con xito las sulfonamidas como Sulfametoxazol mas Trimetropin (Yujra et al.,2004)
4. Enfermedades infecciosas
4.1 Leptospirosis
Etiologa
Todos los mamferos domsticos son susceptibles a leptospirosis, condicin que tambin se ha
descrito en numerosas especies de animales silvestres. La enfermedad si bien es enzotica en
varias regiones, se presenta frecuentemente como brotes, provocando abortos, disminucin de
la produccin lechera en hembras, y muerte en animales jvenes, pudiendo tambin afectar al
hombre donde produce una afeccin renal.
Al producirse la infeccin del animal se produce primero una leptospiremia, luego estas
bacterias colonizan el rin y son eliminadas por la orina produciendo la contaminacin del
ambiente. Existen animales que tienen una leptospiruria prolongada y no manifiestan sntomas
aparentes, siendo estos los que juegan un papel crtico en la diseminacin de la infeccin. Otro
R e la c i n a n im a le s p o s itiv o s v s n e g a t iv o s a L e p to s p ir o s is
s e g n m u e s t r e o . C c u lic c u lin e N o v 2 0 0 2 -E n e 2 0 0 3
P o s itiv o s
35 N e g a tiv o s
30 12
25
20
15 5
24
10
5 13
5
4
0
P ilo to M u e s tre o 1 M u e s tre o 2
Diagnstico
Tratamiento
Profilaxis
4.2 Queratoconjuntivitis
Es una inflamacin que afecta el tejido ocular externo de los camlidos sudamericanos de
cualquier edad y ha sido diagnosticada solo en las especies domsticas. Algunos factores
predisponentes son el polvo y partculas de pastos que pueden causar la irritacin de los ojos,
permitindose de este modo la accin de algunos microorganismos oportunistas.
La enfermedad puede afectar un ojo o ambos, presentando una secrecin que al avanzar la
afeccin va adquiriendo caractersticas purulentas, las que pueden llegar a impedir la apertura
palpebral.
Este proceso infeccioso de los ojos, est relacionado con pocas de sequas, cuando hay
mucho polvo y pasto seco que actan como agentes predisponentes, irritando los ojos;
actuando diversas bacterias pigenas oportunistas como agentes principales, entre las cuales
se encuentran Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus sp., Corynebacterium pyogenes y
Moraxella liquefaciens (Brightman y Col., 1981).
Diagnstico
Es posible realizarlo mediante la observacin del los sntomas, que incluyen: secrecin ocular,
fotofobia, congestin de la conjuntiva y gran sensibilidad del rgano visual, pudiendo
encontrarse opacidad corneal y lceras.
Tratamiento
Es importante practicar la limpieza de los ojos afectados con una solucin desinfectante y
posteriormente la aplicacin de antibiticos en ungento o spray, lo que ha producido
resultados satisfactorios con aplicaciones locales 2 veces al da hasta la remisin de los
sntomas. En otros casos, infecciones mixtas han sido tratadas con administracin sistmica de
antibiticos y atropina (Fowler, 1993).
4.3 Enterotoxemia
Es una eenfermedad aguda que afecta a las cras bien nutridas, dentro de su primer mes de
vida. Se caracteriza por presentar un cuadro de toxemia generalizado en el animal, debido a la
accin de toxinas de C. perfringes tipo A. La presentacin de la enfermedad se relaciona con
los aos que hay abundantes lluvias, cuando hay ms pasto, relacionado con la mayor
produccin de leche, favorable para la multiplicacin del clostridium.
Etiologa
Sntomas
En los pios afectados las cras permanecen echadas y lejos de sus madres, con los miembros
estirados y apoyando la cabeza en el suelo. Existe muerte repentina de cras, generalmente las
ms robustas, las que muestran un abdomen prominente con notable presencia de gases en los
intestinos y fluidos en la cavidad torcica y abdominal. Tambin se presentan pequeas
hemorragias en el timo, corazn y tejido subcutneo. La mortalidad es elevada, pudiendo
afectar a todas las cras.
Diagnstico
Es necesario identificar la magnitud del problema tomando en cuenta la edad de los animales
afectados, nmero de animales enfermos y mortalidad de cras. Todo esto relacionado con los
Profilaxis
Tratamiento
Se recomienda el uso de antibiticos como la Oxitetraciclina en dosis de 20 mg. por Kg. de
peso, para controlar la multiplicacin del clostridium y combatir la flora bacteriana secundaria.
4.4 Neumona
Es una afeccin respiratoria aguda, que se observa con mayor frecuencia en cras. En el
complejo neumnico participan comnmente Pasteurella multocida (Ameghino y Calle, 1989) y
Pateurella haemolytica (Remirez, 1991), las que proliferan al existir algn tipo de estrs en el
animal.
Sntomas
Diagnstico
Profilaxis
Tratamiento
Debido a que los camlidos sudamericanos tienen una baja susceptibilidad a contraer la
enfermedad, stos slo presentaran sntomas si estn expuestos a grandes cantidades del
virus, sin embargo, es importante sealar que los camlidos podran actuar como vectores
mecnicos si estn en contacto con bovinos infectados. (Fowler, 1993)
Como parte del programa de vigilancia epidemiolgica del SAG, desde el ao 1999, se han
realizado exmenes de laboratorio peridicos en muestras de vicuas para descartar la
presencia de serologa positiva a Fiebre Aftosa y Estomatitis Vesicular, encontrndose
resultados negativos en todas las muestras procesadas.(SAG, 2002)
4.6 Brucelosis
Para el caso de las vicuas en cautiverio en el altiplano chileno, se analiz muestras de sangre
de 58 animales arrojando resultados negativos a las prueba de Rosa de Bengala. (SAG, 2002).
Diagnstico
La ocurrencia de abortos en el ltimo tercio de gestacin y muerte de cras despus del parto,
constituyen las manifestaciones clnicas ms evidente de la enfermedad en alpacas (Acosta et
al., 1972). La prueba de aglutinacin en placa es de utilidad en el diagnstico.
Profilaxis
La recomendacin es evitar la crianza mixta de ovinos o caprinos con camlidos por el riesgo
de enfermar a estos ltimos, ya que en los casos descritos en Per en alpacas, donde se aisl
Brucella mellitensis, se atribuy un brote de la enfermedad al contacto de los camlidos con
ovinos enfermos (Acosta et al., op cit.).
Tratamiento
A continuacin se sealan las acciones de manejo para el control de la carga parasitaria de los
animales, junto a un aporte vitamnico mnimo para etapas crticas.
MAYO NOVIEMBRE
ENERO 1 DIC 2
1) Se realiza un tratamiento con Ivermectina (200 mcg/Kg de peso corporal, por va subcutnea)
y vitaminas ADE a todos los animales (1 ml. por animal va intramuscular, con preparados
comerciales que contienen Vitamina A: 500.000 UI, Vitamina D: 75.000 UI y Vitamina E: 50
UI por cada ml. de solucin). Esta poca es crtica, ya que las cras nacidas en enero estn
susceptibles a desarrollar los parsitos ingeridos por las pasturas, sumado al estrs
provocado por las sequas del periodo. Con este tratamiento se controlan ectoparsitos y
endoparsitos, aportando adems vitaminas para este periodo crtico del ao.
2) Se efecta un segundo tratamiento con Ivermectina y vitaminas ADE a todos los animales.
Este tratamiento se realiza para controlar los parsitos que se puedan haber desarrollado en
los periodos de primavera y bajar la carga parasitaria de las praderas en los meses de lluvia
prximos. Adems se aportan vitaminas para suplir las deficiencias del periodo anterior de
sequa.
Fotografa: R. Denegri
Acosta M, Ludea H, Barrueto D, Moro M, 1972. Brucelosis en alpacas. Rev Inv Pec IVITA
(Per)
Alva, J., Bazalar, H., Guerrero, C. y Nuez, A, 1981. Observaciones del ciclo de vida del
Sarcocystis aucheniae de alpacas (Lama pacos) Res. Proy. Inv. Univ. Nac. S. Marcos.
3: 4
Ameghino, E. y Calle, S. 1989. Aislamiento de Pasteurella multocida de procesos neumnicos
en cras de alpacas. XII Reunin cientfica Anual. Asoc. Peruana de produccin animal.
Lima, Per. Memo 1989 99 pp
Barriga, O.O. 1994. Veterinary Parasitology. The Ohio State University. 297 pp.
Becklund, W., 1963. Lamanema chavexi gen. N; sp.n. and Nematodirus lamaesp. N.
(Nematoda trichostrongylidae) from the alpaca, lama pacos, and vicua, Vicugna
vicugna in per. J. Parasit 49: 1203: 1037.
Brigthtman, A. H; MacLaugthling, S. A. y Brumley, V. 1981. Keratoconjuntivitis in a llama. Vet.
Med. Samll. Anim. Clin.
Casanueva, M.E.C. 1995. Apuntes de Acaraloga general. Universidad de Concepcin. Facultad
de Ciencias Biolgicas y Oceanogrficas. 139 pp.
Chvez, C. y Guerrero, C. 1960. Ecto y endoparsitos identificados en el Departamento de
Parasitologa de la facultad de medicina Veterinaria (1947 1960). Rev. Fac. Med. Vet.
Lima 15: 48:68.
Dale, E. y Venero, L. 1977. Insectos y Acaros. Ectoparsitos de la vicua en Pampa Galeras.
Rev. Ent. Lima. 20 (1) 193-99 pp.
Fowler, M. E. 1989. Medicine and Surgery of South American Camelids. 1st Ed. Iowa Sate Univ.
Press Ames, USA.
Garmendia, A. Palmer, G. De Martn, J. y mcGuire, T. 1987. Failure of pasive inmunoglobulin
transfer. Amajor determi8nant of mortality in newborn alpacas (Lama pacos). Am. J. Vet.
Res. 48 (10): 1472 - 1476
Guerrero, C. Alva, J. 1986. Gastroenteritis nematdica y sarna de Alpacas. Bol. IVITA. Univ.
San Marcos. Lima, Per. 21:25-33
Guerrero, C. Alva, J. Vega, I. Hernndez, J. y Rojas M. 1973. Algunos aspectos biolgicos y
parasicolgicos de Lamanema chavezi en alpacas. Rev Inv Pec (IVITA). Univ. Nac.
Mayor de San Marcos. 2: 29 42
Guerrero, C. Alva, J. Bazalar, H y Tibacchi. L. 1970. Infeccin experimental de alpacas con
Eimeria lamae. Bol. Ext. IVITA. 4: 79-83
Guerrero, D.; Hernndez, J.; Bazalar, H. y Alva, J. 1971. Eimeria macusaniensis of the alpaca.
J. Protozool. 18:162 pp.
Guerrero, C.; Hernndez, J. y Alva, J. 1967. Sarcocystis en alpacas. Rev. Fac. Med. Vet. Lima.
69-76 pp
Huaman, D. Y Ludena, H. 1977. Clostridia Aislados en Cras de Alpacas. Veterinaria y
Zootecnia. Vol XXIX, Nos. 82,83,84
Krantz, W. 1978. A manual of acarology. Second edition. Oregon State Univ. Bookstore,
Corvallis. 509 pp.
Legua, G. 1999. Enfermedades Parasitarias y Atlas Parasitolgico de Camlidos
Sudamericanos. Editorial de Mar, Per. 100 pp.
Legua, G. 1991. Avances y perspectivas del conocimiento de los Camlidos Sudamericanos.
FAO. 327-356 pp.
Legua, G., Guerrero, C. Sam, R y Rosadio, R. 1988. Patolog{ia de sarcocystis aucheniae en
alpacas infectadas experimentalmente X Cong. Pan . Cienc,. Vet. Lima. Per.
Manzini, A. 1952. Ensayos sobre la receptividad de los Auqunidos a la fiebre Aftosa. Bol. Inst.
Nac. Antiaftoso. Lima 1 (3): 127 - 146
997
Evaluation of certain
veterinary drug residues in food
Evaluation of certain
veterinary drug residues in food
This report contains the collective views of an international group of experts and
does not necessarily represent the decisions or the stated policy of the World Health Organization
WHO Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data
Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food: eighty-first report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives.
(WHO technical report series ; no. 997)
1.Food Contamination. 2.Drug Residues - analysis. 3.Drug Residues - toxicity. 4.Veterinary Drugs -
toxicity. 5.Veterinary Drugs - pharmacology. 6.Risk Assessment. 7.Maximum Allowable Concentrations
- standards. 8.No-Observed-Adverse-Effect Level. I.World Health Organization. II.Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations. III.Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives. IV.Series.
ISBN 978 92 4 120997 7 (print)
ISBN 978 92 4 069550 4 (PDF) (NLM classification: WA 712)
ISSN 0512-3054
Printed in Malta
Contents
List of participants v
List of abbreviations viii
1. Introduction 1
1.1 Declarations of interests 2
1.2 Modification of the agenda 2
2. General considerations 3
2.1 Matters of interest arising from previous sessions of the Codex Committee on Residues
of Veterinary Drugs in Foods (CCRVDF) 3
2.2 MRLs for generic fish species 4
2.3 Acute reference dose (ARfD) for veterinary drugs 7
2.4 Chronic dietary exposure assessment 9
2.4.1 Approach for dietary exposure assessment of compounds used for multiple
purposes (i.e. veterinary drugs and pesticides) 9
2.4.2 Dietary exposure assessment for less-than-lifetime exposure 10
2.4.3 Recommendations 11
2.5 Update and revision of Principles and methods for the risk assessment of chemicals
in food (EHC 240) 11
2.6 Guidance for the evaluation of veterinary drug residues in food by JECFA 12
2.7 Update on FAO and WHO databases related to the work of the Committee 12
2.8 Processing of food containing residues of veterinary drugs 13
2.9 Reporting of original data in JECFA monographs 14
2.10 Assessment of short-term (90-day and 12-month) studies in dogs 14
2.11 Coordination of the agendas of JECFA and JMPR 15
3. Response to concern forms from CCRVDF 17
3.1 Lasalocid sodium 17
4. Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs 25
4.1 Diflubenzuron 25
4.2 Ivermectin 39
4.3 Sisapronil 49
4.4 Teflubenzuron 59
4.5 Zilpaterol hydrochloride 73
5. Future work and recommendations 85
Acknowledgements 87
References 89
Annex 1
Reports and other documents resulting from previous meetings of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives 93
iii
Annex 2
Recommendations on compounds on the agenda 105
Annex 3
Meeting agenda 109
iv
List of participants
Members
Professor A. Anadn, Department of Toxicology and Pharmacology, Faculty of Veterinary
Medicine, Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Madrid, Spain
Dr J.O. Boison, Centre for Veterinary Drug Residues, Canadian Food Inspection Agency,
Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Canada (Joint Rapporteur)
Professor A.R. Boobis, Centre for Pharmacology & Therapeutics, Department of
Experimental Medicine, Division of Medicine, Faculty of Medicine, Imperial College
London, London, England, United Kingdom (Vice-Chair)
Dr L.G. Friedlander, Residue Chemistry Team, Division of Human Food Safety, Center
for Veterinary Medicine, Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and
Human Services, Rockville, Maryland, United States of America (USA) (Chair)
Dr K.J. Greenlees, Office of New Animal Drug Evaluation, Center for Veterinary Medicine,
Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and Human Services, Rockville,
Maryland, USA (Joint Rapporteur)
Professor S.H. Jeong, Department of Biomedical Science, College of Life and Health
Science, Hoseo University, Asan City, Chungnam, Republic of Korea
Professor B. Le Bizec, Laboratoire dtude des Rsidus et des contaminants dans les
aliments (LABERCA), cole Nationale Vtrinaire, Agroalimentaire et de lAlimentation
Nantes Atlantique (ONIRIS), Nantes, France
Professor J. Palermo-Neto, Department of Pathology, Faculty of Veterinary Medicine,
University of So Paulo, So Paulo, Brazil
Professor Emeritus L. Ritter, University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario, Canada
Dr P. Sanders, National Reference Laboratory for Veterinary Drug Residues and
Antimicrobial Resistance, Agence nationale de scurit sanitaire de lalimentation, de
lenvironnement et du travail (ANSES), Fougres, France
Secretariat
Ms G. Brisco, Joint FAO/WHO Food Standards Programme, Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations, Rome, Italy (Codex Secretariat)
v
Dr A. Bruno, Joint FAO/WHO Food Standards Programme, Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations, Rome, Italy (Codex Secretariat)
Dr C.E. Cerniglia, Division of Microbiology, National Center for Toxicological Research,
Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and Human Services, Jefferson,
Arkansas, USA (WHO Expert)
Dr A. Chicoine, Veterinary Drugs Directorate, Health Canada, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan,
Canada (FAO Expert)
Dr H. Erdely, Residue Chemistry Team, Division of Human Food Safety, Center for Veterinary
Medicine, Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and Human Services,
Rockville, Maryland, USA (FAO Expert)
Dr V. Fattori, Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome, Italy (FAO
Secretariat)
Dr S. Ghimire, Veterinary Drugs Directorate, Health Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada
(WHO Expert)
Dr J.C. Leblanc, Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome, Italy (FAO
Secretariat)
Dr M. Lipp, Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome, Italy (FAO
Joint Secretary)
Dr J. MacNeil, Consultant, Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome,
Italy (FAO Technical Editor)
Dr K. Ogawa, Division of Pathology, Biological Safety Research Center, National Institute of
Health Sciences, Tokyo, Japan (WHO Expert)
Professor S. Rath, Department of Analytical Chemistry, University of Campinas, Campinas,
So Paulo, Brazil (FAO Expert)
Dr R. Reuss, Food Standards Australia New Zealand, Canberra, Australian Capital Territory,
Australia (FAO Expert)
Dr G.J. Schefferlie, Veterinary Medicinal Products Unit, Medicines Evaluation Board
Agency, Utrecht, the Netherlands (WHO Expert)
Dr S. Scheid, Department of Veterinary Medicines, Federal Office of Consumer Protection
and Food Safety, Berlin, Germany (FAO Expert)
Dr C. Schyvens, Scientific Assessment and Chemical Review, Australian Pesticides and
Veterinary Medicines Authority, Kingston, Australian Capital Territory, Australia (WHO
Expert)
Ms M. Sheffer, Orleans, Ontario, Canada (WHO Editor)
Dr A. Tritscher, Risk Assessment and Management, Department of Food Safety and
Zoonoses, World Health Organization, Geneva, Switzerland (WHO Secretariat)
vi
Dr S. Vaughn, Chair, Codex Committee on Residues of Veterinary Drugs in Foods (CCRVDF),
Office of New Animal Drug Evaluation, Center for Veterinary Medicine, Food and Drug
Administration, Department of Health and Human Services, Rockville, Maryland, USA
(CCRVDF)
Dr P. Verger, Risk Assessment and Management, Department of Food Safety and Zoonoses,
World Health Organization, Geneva, Switzerland (WHO Joint Secretary)
Ms Yong Zhen Yang,1 Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome,
Italy (FAO JMPR Secretariat)
Dr T. Zhou, Office of New Animal Drug Evaluation, Center for Veterinary Medicine, Food
and Drug Administration, Department of Health and Human Services, Rockville,
Maryland, USA (WHO Expert)
vii
List of abbreviations
95/95 UTL 95/95 upper tolerance limit; upper limit of the one-sided 95%
confidence interval over the 95th percentile of residue concentrations
ADI acceptable daily intake
ARfD acute reference dose
AUC area under the concentrationtime curve
AUC(072) area under the concentrationtime curve from 0 to 72 hours
BMD benchmark dose
BMD10 benchmark dose for a 10% response over the controls
BMDL lower 95% confidence limit on the benchmark dose
BMDL10 lower 95% confidence limit on the benchmark dose for a 10%
response over the controls
BMR benchmark response
bw body weight
CAS Chemical Abstracts Service
CCPR Codex Committee on Pesticide Residues
CCRVDF Codex Committee on Residues of Veterinary Drugs in Foods
CI confidence interval
CIFOCOss Chronic Individual Food Consumption Database Summary statistics
CL clearance
Cmax maximum concentration
CPU 4-chlorophenylurea
EDI estimated daily intake
EHC Environmental Health Criteria monograph
eq equivalent
EU European Union
F0 parental generation
F1 first filial generation
F2 second filial generation
FAO Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations
GABA gamma-aminobutyric acid
GDWQ Guidelines for Drinking-water Quality (WHO)
GEADE global estimate of acute dietary exposure
GECDE global estimate of chronic dietary exposure
GL36 Guideline 36 (VICH)
GLP good laboratory practice
GVP good practice in the use of veterinary drugs
H2B1a 22,23-dihydroavermectin B1a; ivermectin B1a
H2B1b 22,23-dihydroavermectin B1b; ivermectin B1b
HPLC high-performance liquid chromatography
viii
HPT hypothalamicpituitarythyroid
INN International Non-proprietary Name
IUPAC International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry
JECFA Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives
JMPR Joint FAO/WHO Meeting on Pesticide Residues
LC50 median lethal concentration
LC-MS liquid chromatography with mass spectrometry
LC-MS/MS liquid chromatography with tandem mass spectrometry
LD50 median lethal dose
LOAEL lowest-observed-adverse-effect level
LOD limit of detection
LOQ limit of quantification
MIC minimum inhibitory concentration
MIC50 minimum concentration required to inhibit the growth of 50% of
organisms
MRL maximum residue limit
MRT mean residence time
MR:TR marker residue to total residue ratio
MR:TRR marker residue to total radioactive residue ratio
NOAEL no-observed-adverse-effect level
NOEL no-observed-effect level
OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
PCA 4-chloroaniline; p-chloroaniline
ppb parts per billion
QuEChERS Quick, Easy, Cheap, Effective, Rugged and Safe
rbSTs recombinant bovine somatotropins
SD standard deviation
t half-life
T3 triiodothyronine
T4 thyroxine
Tmax time to reach the maximum concentration (Cmax)
TMDI theoretical maximum daily intake
TRR total radioactive residue
TRS Technical Report Series
TSH thyroid stimulating hormone
U uniformly labelled
UGT uridine diphosphate-glucuronosyltransferase
USA United States of America
UTL upper tolerance limit
UV ultraviolet
ix
VICH International Cooperation on Harmonisation of Technical
Requirements for Registration of Veterinary Medicinal Products
v/v volume per volume
WHO World Health Organization
WHOPES WHO Pesticide Evaluation Scheme
WP withdrawal period
w/v weight per volume
x
Monographs containing summaries of relevant data and toxicological evaluations are
available from WHO under the title:
Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives
Series, No. 72, 2016.
Residue evaluation of certain veterinary drugs. FAO JECFA Monographs 18, 2016.
Most of the evaluations and summaries contained in this publication are based on
unpublished proprietary data submitted to JECFA for use when making its assess-
ment. A registration authority should not consider granting a registration based on
an evaluation published herein unless it has first received authorization for such use
from the owner of the data or any second party that has received permission from the
owner for using the data.
xi
1. Introduction
The Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives (JECFA) met in Rome
from 17 to 26 November 2015. The meeting was opened by Mr Ren Wang, Assistant
Director-General of the Agriculture and Consumer Protection Department of the
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), on behalf of the
directors-general of FAO and the World Health Organization (WHO). Mr Wang
noted that the Thirty-eighth Session of the Codex Alimentarius Commission has
reconfirmed the fundamental role of JECFA in providing independent scientific
advice on which Codex can base its deliberations. Furthermore, given the
importance of the joint FAO/WHO activities on scientific advice related to food
safety, both FAO and WHO have confirmed their continuing commitment and
work in this area and are actively involved in discussions with Codex that will
provide sustainable resources for the work of JECFA.
Mr Wang explained that the scientific advice that JECFA provides is a
cornerstone in the process of providing guidance on food safety and ultimately
ensures that food safety and quality measures and standards are based on sound
scientific principles and ensure the protection of the health of consumers.
Therefore, JECFAs work remains a high priority for both FAO and WHO.
Mr Wang reminded the Committee that participants have been invited
to this meeting in their individual capacities as international experts and not as
representatives of their organizations. He also reminded the Committee of the
confidential nature of the meeting and stressed that the meeting report, which will
need to be approved by the end of the meeting, will remain a restricted document
until its publication is authorized by both FAO and WHO. Finally, Mr Wang
expressed his sincere gratitude to participants for placing their valuable time
and, most importantly, their expertise at the disposal of the two organizations
and for the work that participants have already done in preparing to address the
challenging agenda of the meeting.
Twenty meetings of the Committee had been held to consider veterinary
drug residues in food (Annex 1, references 80, 85, 91, 97, 104, 110, 113, 119,
125, 128, 134, 140, 146, 157, 163, 169, 181, 193, 208 and 217) in response to
the recommendations of a Joint FAO/WHO Expert Consultation held in 1984
(1). The present meeting2 was convened to provide guidance to FAO and WHO
Member States and to the Codex Alimentarius Commission on public health
issues pertaining to residues of veterinary drugs in foods of animal origin. The
specific tasks before the Committee were:
As a result of the recommendations of the first Joint FAO/WHO Conference on Food Additives held in
2
1955 (FAO Nutrition Meeting Report Series, No. 11, 1956; WHO Technical Report Series, No. 107, 1956),
there have been eighty previous meetings of JECFA (Annex 1).
1
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
2
2. General considerations
3
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
can make requests to JECFA for MRLs for honey (and other commodities) using
alternative approaches.
With regard to recombinant bovine somatotropins (rbSTs), the Twenty-
second Session of CCRVDF considered the outcome of the JECFA re-evaluation,
taking note of the report of the seventy-eighth meeting of the Committee.
Although CCRVDF agreed that the Committee had addressed all of the questions
posed to it by the Codex Alimentarius Commission, there were differing opinions
regarding the Committees replies. The Committee was informed that the Thirty-
eighth Session of the Codex Alimentarius Commission recognized the validity
of JECFAs risk assessments as the sound scientific basis for its deliberations on
rbSTs. However, consensus was not reached on the adoption of the draft MRLs
for rbSTs, and the Codex Alimentarius Commission agreed to hold the draft
MRLs at Step 8 to provide further time to facilitate a consensus.
The Twenty-second Session of CCRVDF agreed on a priority list of
veterinary drugs for evaluation (or re-evaluation) by JECFA and noted the
importance of the commitment to submit the necessary data within the indicated
time frame to ensure an efficient planning process for JECFA work.
The Twenty-second Session of CCRVDF requested the Committee to
provide advice on the establishment of generic MRLs for fish species.
Response from JECFA: In 2012, the following question was posed to the seventy-
eighth meeting of JECFA (Annex 1, reference 217) by the Twentieth Session of
CCRVDF (5):
Possibility of extending extrapolation by JECFA similar to that allowed under the current
EU [European Union] guidelines. EHC [Environmental Health Criteria] 240 does not
allow for the extrapolation of MRLs from muscle of Salmonidae to other finfish, but this
4
General considerations
JECFA must first receive information to confirm that there is an existing approval in
a member state for use of the drug in the species of fish for which extrapolation of
MRLs is requested, including a label or a statement of the approved conditions of use
(GVP). The conditions of approved use (GVP) may differ depending on species of fish
and region. However, the water temperature at which a product is used for treatment of
fish and at which residue studies have been conducted are major considerations in the
recommendation of MRLs for fish. This may result in different MRLs being recommended
for different species, based on the GVP established for the use of the drug in one or more
fish species in a member state or member states.
These concerns remain and are key factors in the JECFA evaluation of any
substance for which data are provided for evaluation.
As of the seventy-eighth meeting of JECFA, only 10 substances had
been evaluated by JECFA for the establishment of MRLs for finfish, and three
of these substances were also evaluated for use in the treatment of crustaceans
(shrimp). In most of these evaluations, the residue information reviewed by
JECFA was primarily from the peer-reviewed scientific literature and reports
from government laboratories and agencies.
No MRLs were recommended for four of these 10 substances
(chloramphenicol, Annex 1, reference 110; gentian violet, Annex 1, reference 217;
malachite green, Annex 1, reference 193; and oxolinic acid, Annex 1, reference
113) because an ADI could not be established by JECFA. Of the five substances
for which JECFA has made recommendations of MRLs for finfish, two have
been for fish and three for salmon and/or trout, based on the information
provided. For the substances for which recommendations have been for fish,
data have been provided for three or more diverse species of finfish.
Three substances have been evaluated by JECFA for use in the production
of crustaceans; in all three cases, residue data provided were only for Giant prawn,
also known as Black tiger shrimp (Penaeus monodon).
JECFA has not been requested by CCRVDF to recommend MRLs for
any veterinary drug in any species of mollusc to date and also has not received
any data regarding such use. Any comment on the feasibility of extrapolation of
MRLs for mollusc species would therefore be speculative.
In conclusion, in order to properly address the issue of extrapolation of
MRLs to fish species, JECFA requires, in addition to the information identified
5
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Response from JECFA: Although JECFA is not aware of any toxicological issues
that would prevent extrapolation of MRLs to additional species of fish, the
Committee has also noted, in response to a previous question on this issue from
the Twenty-first Session of CCRVDF (6), that, in the absence of information, it
is difficult to assure that there are no novel unknown metabolites of potential
toxicological concern in tissues of the species for which no data have been
available for evaluation.
The exposure modelling for emamectin benzoate was done by JECFA
using data from depletion studies in Atlantic salmon. Median residues used in the
exposure assessment could differ in other fish species, depending on the depletion
profile, leading to higher or lower estimates of exposure. No information has
been provided to JECFA to conduct such an assessment.
A primary issue in the consideration of the extension or extrapolation
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
of the MRLs for emamectin benzoate residues in salmon and trout to additional
species of fish is that the product containing emamectin benzoate intended for
use in aquaculture for which information was provided to JECFA is intended
only for treatment of sea lice in salmonids inhabiting cold water. Information is
therefore required to demonstrate additional approved uses, and residue data are
required to demonstrate the depletion profile in species other than salmonids;
a suitably validated analytical method for any additional non-salmonid species
would also be necessary.
In conclusion, in order to consider a request to extrapolate the MRLs
recommended for salmon and trout to additional fish species, JECFA would require
information on such approved uses, data to demonstrate pharmacokinetic and
depletion behaviour of emamectin in a non-salmonid species and information to
6
General considerations
demonstrate that the method validated for the analysis of the high lipid content
tissue of salmon and trout is applicable to non-salmonid species, preferably a
species with low lipid content.
noted that this is not unique to veterinary drugs and that such effects
do not automatically raise an acute health concern. Such effects need
to be considered for acute and chronic health effects, in the same way
as for toxic effects. In practice, this may lead to the same numeric
value for the ADI and ARfD.
Misuse (e.g. off-label use) of compounds is not within the scope of
these considerations, just as they are not for chronic risk assessments.
Regarding considerations for a microbiological ARfD, the Committee
recognized that an acute exposure of the gut microbiota is different
from the chronic daily exposure that JECFA evaluates to establish
the microbiological ADI and that the most relevant microbiological
end-point for acute exposure would most likely be disruption of the
colonization barrier.
It was noted that in extrapolating in vitro minimum concentration
required to inhibit the growth of 50% of organisms (MIC50) values
(and other microbiological data) to an effect dose in vivo, the
factors to be considered differ from those used in establishing
a microbiological ADI from such data. This could result in the
incorporation of a different value for the correction factor used
in the formula to calculate the microbiological ADI. The specific
factor to be used would be compound specific, and guidance needs
to be developed on the type of information necessary to enable the
Committee to estimate such a factor. Consideration will also need
to be given as to what would be an appropriate default factor in the
absence of compound-specific information.
When discussing the implications for MRL recommendations, the
Committee suggested to continue with MRL derivations that are
compatible with chronic exposure (i.e. the ADI) and the respective
withdrawal times. If an ARfD is established for the compound as
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
8
General considerations
9
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
different assumptions about chronic consumption, one using average per capita
consumption (JMPR) and the other using model diets that aim to cover high-
percentile consumption in any population group (JECFA). The Committee was
of the opinion that such an approach may be used in the interim, but might not
be rigorous enough in the longer term.
The Committee saw merit in developing a comprehensive solution to
the challenge of chronic exposure assessment of residues of substances used as
veterinary drugs and pesticides by developing a new methodology for estimating
exposure that would suit JMPR and JECFA risk assessment purposes. However,
the Committee noted that it would take some time to develop, implement and
validate such a method.
In conclusion, the development of chronic dietary exposure assessment
methods that take into account combined chronic exposure from pesticide and
veterinary drug residues should be investigated. These methods should be robust
and fit both JMPR and JECFA risk assessment purposes.
than a lifetime.
However, the Committee noted that there are examples of veterinary
drugs where the duration of exposure was an important consideration in the
toxicological evaluation (e.g. sisapronil, this meeting; see section 4.3). The
frequency with which the toxicity of veterinary drugs progresses after exposures
of 4 weeks is unknown and should be evaluated. Based on the outcome of this
exercise, it may be necessary to align the choice of the dietary exposure model
with duration of exposure at which the adverse effects occur.
10
General considerations
2.4.3 Recommendations
The Committee recommends that the FAO and WHO Secretariats convene an
expert meeting on two important issues concerned with the methodologies
applied by JECFA and JMPR to estimate chronic dietary exposures.
2.5 Update and revision of Principles and methods for the risk
assessment of chemicals in food (EHC 240)
The Committee discussed ways in which exposure from the dual use of a substance
as both a pesticide and a veterinary drug might be assessed. It was recommended
that a joint JECFA (veterinary drug residues)/JMPR multidisciplinary working
group be established to develop suitable methodology (see section 2.4.1). In
addition, this group should consider the recommendations of the 2015 JMPR (9)
regarding shorter-than-lifetime exposure (see section 2.4.2). Depending on the
outcome of this exercise, the relevant section(s) of EHC 240 should be updated.
11
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
The Committee was updated on and discussed the key issues in the
development of guidance for the establishment of ARfDs for residues of
veterinary drugs. This poses some unique challenges, such as the possibility of
acute antimicrobial effects. The working group developing this guidance will
complete its draft guidance and submit it for public comment before placing it on
the agenda for the next JECFA (veterinary drug residues) meeting (see section
2.3). Once finalized, this will necessitate suitable addition to EHC 240.
The Committee discussed whether processing data should be sought for
all residues of veterinary drugs. It was agreed that this would not be practical, but
that the issue should be dealt with on a case-by-case basis, where there was some
reason for possible concern (see section 2.8). Some minor amendment of EHC
240 might be necessary to reflect this.
The Committee agreed to adopt the practice of JMPR to consider
identifying an overall NOAEL for studies in dogs of 90 days and 12 months
duration (see section 2.10). EHC 240 should be updated to reflect this procedure,
now in use by both JMPR and JECFA (veterinary drug residues).
Secretariat by the end of 2015 so that the documents can be finalized early in
2016.
2.7 Update on FAO and WHO databases related to the work of the
Committee
The current FAO JECFA databases (one for food additives, one for flavouring
agents and one for residues of veterinary drugs) were developed in early 2000 and
are based on outdated underlying software. The FAO Secretariat has therefore
started a project to modernize the three databases.
Although the major features and output will not differ significantly from
the current version, the project aims to develop an online platform that allows
12
General considerations
the Secretariat to manage the process from adding records to or updating records
in the database to publishing the adopted JECFA evaluations. The new databases
will also allow for improved interconnectivity with other databases, such as the
Codex database of adopted MRLs of residues of veterinary drugs and the WHO
summaries of JECFA evaluations.
The new databases are currently being finalized and should be operational
in the next months.
To improve the data used for dietary exposure assessment, FAO and
WHO continue to collect and compile national individual food consumption
data. Summary statistics from (currently) 37 surveys (only those with a duration
of 2 days or more) from 26 countries are published in the FAO/WHO Chronic
Individual Food Consumption Database Summary statistics (CIFOCOss).
13
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
14
General considerations
15
3. Response to concern forms from CCRVDF
Concern from EU
The EU concern read as follows:
In the case of lasalocid sodium, JECFA identified a hazard that may occur following short
term exposure to residues: a disruption of the colonisation barrier. The level of consumer
exposure that JECFA considered not leading to a disruption of the colonisation [barrier]
was expressed as a microbiological ADI (8.4 g/kg bw or 504 g/person). Because this
hazard may occur following a short term residue exposure, there must be assurance
that even occasional, high residue intake will not exceed the microbiological ADI. The
EDI cannot provide this assurance. JECFA is developing a complementary approach
for addressing short term exposure scenarios based on high residue intake. However,
this work has not yet been finalised. Therefore JECFA was unable to assess this kind of
exposure. If the TMDI approach is used for this purpose which is the approach that
JECFA has used in other cases where short term exposure may lead to a consumer safety
concern the proposed draft Codex MRLs for poultry tissues would be estimated to
lead to a consumer exposure of 882.11 g/person, which represents 175% of the JECFA
microbiological ADI thus representing a risk to consumer health.
Response from JECFA: The EU has raised a concern with respect to short-
term exposure, interpreted by the present Committee to mean acute exposure,
to lasalocid residues and the potential disruption of the colonization barrier
17
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
in the gastrointestinal tract. In the concern raised, it is assumed that the upper
bound of the microbiological ADI is the appropriate reference point for acute
microbiological effects. The conclusion is provided that the estimated exposure,
using the TMDI approach as a proxy for acute exposure, would lead to an
exceedance of the microbiological ADI and therefore represents a health concern.
The Committee recognizes that when antimicrobials are used at high
doses in humans, this might acutely affect the intestinal microbiota. However,
the Committee concludes that the upper-bound microbiological ADI of 8.4 g/
kg bw or 504 g/person for lasalocid sodium established at the seventy-eighth
meeting of JECFA is protective of the health of the consumer and that significant
disruption of the colonization barrier would not occur even at acute exposure
levels.
The microbiological ADI established by the seventy-eighth meeting
of JECFA was derived in part from MIC50 data on relevant human intestinal
microbiota. The Committee does not consider that the microbiological ADI
derived from such data represents an appropriate health-based guidance value
with which to assess the risks of effects on the intestinal microbiota from acute
exposure to residues of lasalocid. The reasons for this are outlined below.
There are differences in exposure of the intestinal microbiota in the colon
following acute and chronic oral doses of the veterinary drug residue in food.
The concentration of a lasalocid residue following a single dose would
initially enter the oesophageal/gastrointestinal tract as a one-time bolus in a
meal and then be subjected to dilution, binding and gastric emptying processes
while traversing the intestinal tract to the colon, which has not previously been
exposed to lasalocid. In contrast, chronic daily ingestion of the same amount of
lasalocid residue each day for a lifetime, as assumed in the microbiological ADI
calculation, would result in drug residues continuously transiting through the
gastrointestinal tract, with the potential for lasalocid to accumulate, resulting in
an increased concentration in the colon, and impact the intestinal microbiota
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
on a daily basis. Thus, the residue concentrations to which intestinal bacteria are
exposed following an acute dose will be lower than those occurring following
chronic ingestion at the upper-bound microbiological ADI; unlike the situation
with chronic exposure, there would be no possibility of an additive effect over
time. From the above considerations, it is reasonable to assume that the fraction of
the oral dose of lasalocid available to intestinal bacteria would be lower following
acute exposure than following chronic daily exposure to the same amount of
drug residue each day for a lifetime.
It is important to note that an observed minimum inhibitory concentration
(MIC) value (i.e. bacterial growth inhibition) is an in vitro measure of effect, but
one cannot translate this directly to an acute in vivo level of bacterial exposure
to the drug in the intestinal tract. The MIC standard test methodology, while
18
Response to concern forms from CCRVDF
Canada would like to raise the following scientific points for further consideration by
JECFA:
20
Response to concern forms from CCRVDF
1. The MRLs proposed for this compound were calculated based on the estimated daily
intake (EDI) approach. Canada had earlier expressed the concern that there would
be limitations with using the EDI approach when residue depletion data are highly
variable. In the case for lasalocid residues in chicken tissues (see Table 7.5 of the
monograph) the standard deviations of residues in each tissue on 1-day withdrawal
period (WP) (time for which exposure estimates were evaluated) were much higher
than the mean of the residues (i.e., the coefficient of variation was > 100%). Mean
and standard deviations of lasalocid A residues at 1-day WP were respectively, 65
ppb [parts per billion] and 103 ppb in muscle, 244 ppb and 329 ppb in liver, 128 ppb
and 194 ppb in kidney, and 106 ppb and 165 ppb in skin/fat of chickens. Given the
highly variable nature of the data used to derive the MRLs, Canada considers that
this approach may not be robust enough for the establishment of lasalocid MRLs in
order to ensure safety to consumers.
Response from JECFA: The Committee has considered the concern expressed
by the Member State. In developing the EDI procedure, the sixty-sixth meeting
of the Committee (Annex 1, reference 181) concluded that the TMDI was no
longer the most suitable estimate of chronic intake, because the MRL was a single
concentration representing the estimated upper limit of a high percentile of the
distribution of marker residue present in a given tissue of the treated animals.
The sixty-sixth meeting of the Committee concluded that
it was not realistic to use an extreme value of the distribution in a scenario describing
chronic intakes. In such a scenario, all concentrations of the distribution of residues
should be considered. The median concentration represents the best point estimate of a
central tendency over a prolonged period of time, because the concentration of residues
in a given tissue consumed varies from day to day, as reflected in the distribution.
Therefore, the Committee decided to use the median of the residue distribution to
substitute for the MRL in the intake estimate.
While acknowledging that the lasalocid data are variable, the current
Committee noted that the EDI approach has been applied in other assessments
where residue data were variable. Additionally, the Committee noted that the
median is not unduly affected by outliers. Finally, the Committee noted that
variability in residue values is not uncommon in studies involving poultry or
when dosing via feed. The observed variability associated with lasalocid residue
values does not appear to be the result of a systematic bias. The current Committee
concluded that the lasalocid residue depletion data are robust, were collected in
a good laboratory practice (GLP)compliant study and can be used with the EDI
approach.
21
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
2. JECFA monograph indicates that the residue data from 1-day WP was used to derive
the proposed MRLs. However, marker to total residue (MR:TR) ratios based on data
for 0-day WP were used instead. There is significant reduction in MR:TR between
the 0-day and 1-day WP (see Appendix below). After 1-day WP, the MR:TR remains
fairly stable. Hence, the MR:TR ratio at 0-day would likely under-estimate the total
exposure. Canada therefore considers that MR:TR based on 1-day WP of <25% for
muscle, 8.8% for liver, 14.2% for kidney and 29.2% for skin/fat (see Table 7.2 of the
monograph) should perhaps be used along with the residue depletion data in the
exposure assessment.
Response from JECFA: As noted in the monograph prepared for the seventy-
eighth JECFA (Table 7.2, footnote; Annex 1, reference 218), the withdrawal times
for the radiolabelled residue depletion study are actually 16 hours post last dose
relative to their designation (i.e. 0 withdrawal is actually 16 hours post last
dose). For the current assessment, all the withdrawal times are restated to clearly
indicate the elapsed time from the final dosing. Following this re-presentation of
the withdrawal times in the radiolabelled residue depletion study, it is clear that
the withdrawal times in that study align more closely with the withdrawal times
in the residue depletion study using non-radiolabelled drug than was apparent
from Table 7.2. The marker residue to total radioactive residue (MR:TRR) ratios
at 16 hours post last dose are 55% (muscle), 52% (skin/fat), 22% (liver) and 41%
(kidney).
Using a different approach, interpolated MR:TRR values were developed.
For muscle, where there was no MR:TRR at 40 hours post last dose (formerly
designated 24 hours withdrawal), the hypothetical 25% MR:TRR for muscle
proposed by the requestor was used. The formula (MR:TRR16 MR:TRR40)/3
was used to calculate the change-over-time in the MR:TRR ratio between 16 and
40 hours post last dose in 8-hour increments, and this value was then subtracted
from MR:TRR16 to give MR:TRR24. The interpolated MR:TRR ratios at 24 hours
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
post last dose are 45% (muscle), 44% (skin/fat), 18% (liver) and 32% (kidney).
Using either the experimentally derived MR:TRR ratios or those
MR:TRR ratios developed through the interpolation, both the EDI and the
GECDE remain below the ADI for adults, children and infants. However, because
the re-presented sample collection times in the radiolabelled residue depletion
study align well with the sampling times in the depletion study using unlabelled
drug, the experimentally derived MR:TRR ratios at 16 hours post last dose are
used in conjunction with MRLs derived from the 1-day withdrawal residues in
the residue depletion study using unlabelled drug in the exposure assessment for
lasalocid in chicken tissues.
22
Response to concern forms from CCRVDF
3. When the data are insufficient or of quality not suitable for the EDI approach,
the JECFA has historically used the theoretical maximum daily intake (TMDI)
approach to establish MRLs. Based on our calculation using the same data but using
the TMDI approach, if the exposure was estimated using the proposed MRLs and
the marker to total residue ratios at 1-day WP, the daily human exposure to lasalocid
residues would be 2157.6 g per person which is 7 times higher than the ADI value
of 300 g per person (see Table 6 of Appendix for detailed calculation).
Response from JECFA: The Committee has concluded that when data are
sufficiently robust to support the use of the EDI approach, that approach will be
used, because it is more representative of actual exposure from the consumption
of tissues derived from treated animals. The lasalocid residue depletion data are
robust, were collected in a GLP-compliant study and can be used with the EDI
approach (see also the response to #4).
4. While Canada understands that the new dietary exposure assessment approach
piloted by the JECFA in its 78th meeting is still being verified, the global estimate
of chronic dietary exposure (GECDE) using the MR:TR on 1-day WP for lasalocid
would have exceeded the ADI. The GECDE represents 92% of ADI for adults, 168%
of ADI for children and 149% of ADI for infants (see Appendix for calculations).
JECFAs conclusion that the GECDE is below the ADI was because of considering
the MR:TR for 0-day WP which we believe underestimates the exposure. Given that
1-day WP residue data does not support the safety to consumers based on GECDE
approach, perhaps the residue data from 2-day WP would have been ideal to
establish MRLs for this compound. The 95th percentile (upper 95% CI [confidence
interval]) of residue data at 2-day WP would have yielded the MRLs of 100 ppb
in muscle, 500 ppb in liver, 250 ppb in kidney and 200 ppb in skin and fat (see
Appendix, Table 7).
23
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
The GECDE for the general population is 1.85 g/kg bw per day, which
represents 37% of the upper bound of the ADI. The GECDE for children is 3.38
g/kg bw per day, which represents 67% of the upper bound of the ADI. The
GECDE for infants is 2.99 g/kg bw per day, which represents 60% of the upper
bound of the ADI.
Response from JECFA: The values in Table 7.2 of the JECFA monograph are
correctly calculated. For complete transparency, the individual residue values for
each animal and each tissue assayed in both the radiolabelled residue depletion
study and the residue depletion study using unlabelled drug are presented in the
current addendum to the residue monograph.
Conclusions
Following consideration of the issues raised in the concern forms, the ADI
established and MRLs recommended at the seventy-eighth meeting of JECFA
remain unchanged.
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
24
4. Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
The Committee evaluated or re-evaluated five veterinary drugs. Information on
the safety evaluations is summarized in Annex 2.
4.1 Diflubenzuron
Explanation
Diflubenzuron (International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry [IUPAC]
name: 1-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(2,6-difluorobenzoyl)urea; Chemical Abstracts
Service [CAS] no. 35367-38-5) is an acyl urea derivative (halogenated
benzoylphenylurea). Diflubenzuron is approved for use as a veterinary drug
in Norway and Chile in the treatment of sea lice (Lepeophtheirus salmonis and
Caligus rogercresseyi) infestations in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) as an oral
dosage of 36 mg/kg bw in feed for 14 consecutive days, with a withdrawal period
in the range of 105300 degree-days. It is also used as an insecticide/acaricide
in agriculture and forestry against larvae of Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, Diptera
and Hymenoptera and as a vector control agent in drinking-water sources and
drinking-water storage containers.
The mechanism of action of diflubenzuron is to inhibit the formation
of new chitin in the insect cuticle during the moulting process by inducing both
chitinase and phenoloxidase.
Diflubenzuron has not previously been evaluated by the Committee. The
Committee evaluated diflubenzuron at the current meeting at the request of the
Twenty-second Session of CCRVDF (2). The Committee was asked to establish
an ADI and recommend MRLs for diflubenzuron in salmon muscle and skin in
natural proportion.
The Committee noted that the toxicity of diflubenzuron has been
previously evaluated by JMPR in 1981, 1985 and 2001 (1113) and by a
number of other scientific or regulatory bodies, including the WHO Task
Group on Environmental Health Criteria for Diflubenzuron, which prepared
Environmental Health Criteria 184 (14). In 2001, JMPR established an ADI of
00.02 mg/kg bw for diflubenzuron, based on the NOAEL of 2 mg/kg bw per
day for haematological effects observed in 2-year toxicity studies in rats and a
52-week toxicity study in dogs (13).
The metabolism of diflubenzuron is known to lead to the formation of
PCA in some species, but not the rat, and it is not known whether PCA is formed
in salmon or humans. PCA might also occur as an impurity in the product
formulation or as a degradation product generated during food processing.
PCA is considered by many scientific and regulatory bodies (e.g. International
25
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Biochemical data
Diflubenzuron is rapidly absorbed to a moderate extent from the gastrointestinal
tract. In a single-dose oral study with 14C-labelled diflubenzuron in rats, about
30% of the administered dose was absorbed at 5 mg/kg bw, and less was absorbed
at 100 mg/kg bw. Once absorbed, diflubenzuron is extensively metabolized and
rapidly excreted, mostly in the urine, although some enterohepatic circulation
occurs. In the radiolabel study, more than 90% of the administered dose (5 and
100 mg/kg bw) was excreted within 24 hours. When mice were given a single
oral dose of diflubenzuron at 12, 64, 200 or 920 mg/kg bw, excretion was almost
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
26
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
Toxicological data
Diflubenzuron was of low acute toxicity when given to mice and rats by the oral,
inhalation or dermal route. The oral median lethal dose (LD50) was greater than
4600 mg/kg bw in mice and rats, the dermal LD50 was greater than 10 000 mg/
kg bw in rats and the inhalation median lethal concentration (LC50) was greater
than 2.9 mg/L in rats.
Diflubenzuron was not irritating to the skin of rabbits and was slightly
irritating to the eyes of rabbits. Diflubenzuron was not a skin sensitizer in a study
in guinea-pigs.
The primary target for toxicity is the erythrocytes, with secondary effects
on liver and spleen. Dose-related methaemoglobinaemia has been consistently
demonstrated in both sexes of various species (mice, rats and dogs) after short-
term or long-term oral exposure to diflubenzuron.
In a 13-week study, rats were fed diets containing diflubenzuron at a
concentration of 0, 160, 400, 2000, 10 000 or 50 000 mg/kg feed (equivalent to
0, 8, 20, 100, 500 and 2500 mg/kg bw per day, respectively). A range of dose-
related changes in erythrocyte parameters (erythrocyte counts, haemoglobin,
reticulocytes, methaemoglobin and sulfhaemoglobin) were noted in both sexes at
400 mg/kg feed and above, with minimal effects at 160 mg/kg feed. The absolute
and relative weights of the spleen were increased in males at 160 mg/kg feed
and above and in females at 400 mg/kg feed and above for 7 weeks. Pathological
findings included chronic hepatitis, haemosiderosis and congestion of the
spleen, and erythroid hyperplasia of the bone marrow in all treated groups; and
haemosiderosis in the liver at 400 mg/kg feed and above. A NOAEL could not
be identified, because there were small, but statistically significant, increases in
methaemoglobin concentration and associated changes in the spleen and bone
marrow at the lowest dose tested (160 mg/kg feed, equivalent to 8 mg/kg bw per
day).
In a 13-week non-GLP-compliant study in dogs, animals received diets
containing diflubenzuron at a concentration of 0, 10, 20, 40 or 160 mg/kg feed (equal
to 0, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6 and 6.4 mg/kg bw per day, respectively). At week 6, haemoglobin
27
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
in this study.
In a non-GLP-compliant chronic toxicity and carcinogenicity study
in rats, animals received diflubenzuron in the diet at a concentration of 0, 10,
20, 40 or 160 mg/kg feed (equivalent to 0, 0.5, 1, 2 and 8 mg/kg bw per day,
respectively) for 2 years. The achieved dietary concentrations and homogeneity
of diflubenzuron in the feed were not confirmed. The NOAEL was 40 mg/kg
feed (equivalent to 2 mg/kg bw per day), based on increases in methaemoglobin
concentration and reduced free haemoglobin concentration at 160 mg/kg feed
(equivalent to 8 mg/kg bw per day). There was no increase in the incidence of
tumours in treated animals. However, the poor survival (<30% in all groups at
termination) and limited range of tissues examined limited the power of this
study to detect any carcinogenicity of diflubenzuron.
28
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
groups. The NOAEL for reproductive effects was 50 000 mg/kg feed (equal to
3800 mg/kg bw per day), the highest dose tested. The NOAEL for offspring toxicity
was 5000 mg/kg feed (equal to 360 mg/kg bw per day), based on reductions in
pup body weight at 50 000 mg/kg feed (equal to 3800 mg/kg bw per day) in the F1
generation. A NOAEL for parental toxicity could not be identified because of the
haematological effects observed at all doses tested.
In a developmental toxicity study, rats were dosed orally by gavage with
diflubenzuron at 0 or 1000 mg/kg bw per day (the limit dose) from days 6 to 15
of gestation. The dams were killed on day 20 of gestation. No treatment-related
effects on the dams or fetuses were noted. The NOAEL for both maternal and
embryo/fetal toxicity was 1000 mg/kg bw per day, the only dose tested.
In another developmental toxicity study, rabbits were dosed orally
by gavage with diflubenzuron at 0 or 1000 mg/kg bw per day (the limit dose)
from days 7 to 19 of gestation. The does were killed on day 28 of gestation. No
treatment-related effects on the does or fetuses were noted. There was no evidence
of developmental toxicity in rabbits. The NOAEL for both maternal and embryo/
fetal toxicity was 1000 mg/kg bw per day, the only dose tested.
Observations in humans
No reports of adverse effects or poisoning incidences associated with
diflubenzuron were found.
in rats and mice were 5 and 7.5 mg/kg bw per day, respectively, for a 13-week
oral gavage administration of PCA. The LOAEL for a 103-week oral gavage study
in rats (with administration 5 days/week) was 2 mg/kg bw per day, based on a
significant increase in methaemoglobin levels and fibrotic changes of the spleen
in male rats; hyperplasia of bone marrow was observed in female rats at and
above 6 mg/kg bw per day. This information demonstrated that PCA exhibits
toxicity end-points similar to those of diflubenzuron, but is more potent than
diflubenzuron.
PCA was tested for carcinogenicity in mice and rats by administration in
the diet and by oral gavage.
In a dietary carcinogenicity study in mice, animals received PCA
at a concentration of 0, 2500 or 5000 mg/kg feed (equivalent to 0, 375 and
30
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
high-dose females (2/50, 3/50, 1/50, 6/50). It was concluded that there was clear
evidence of carcinogenicity in male rats and equivocal evidence in female rats.
The oral gavage carcinogenicity study is considered to be more appropriate
than the dietary admixture feeding study for determining carcinogenicity
because (1) PCA is unstable in feed and (2) mice and rats in the feeding studies
were dosed for 78 weeks and killed and examined for histopathology following a
further 13-week (mice) or 24-week (rats) observation period. Nonetheless, both
studies showed some similar effects: splenic toxicity in male and female rats, a
treatment-related increase in uncommon splenic sarcomas in male rats and a
treatment-related increase in haemangiosarcomas in male mice.
The Committee concluded that PCA is carcinogenic in mice and rats.
PCA has been tested for genotoxicity in various in vitro and in vivo
systems. PCA is genotoxic in vitro and in vivo. The Committee is aware of the
existence of additional in vivo genotoxicity studies; however, these were not
available to the Committee.
The Committee concluded that PCA is genotoxic.
There is no established mode of action for PCA carcinogenesis;
it is not known whether it is mediated through a genotoxic and/or non-
genotoxic mechanism. Several hypotheses regarding the mechanism of splenic
carcinogenicity have been proposed. However, because PCA is genotoxic
and carcinogenic, the Committee could not exclude the possibility that the
carcinogenesis of PCA occurs by a genotoxic mode of action.
Microbiological data
Considering the chemical structure and mode of action of diflubenzuron, the
Committee did not anticipate any adverse effects of diflubenzuron residues on
human gastrointestinal microbiota.
Evaluation
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
32
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
Additional information that would assist in the further evaluation of the compound
Recommendation
The Committee recommended that JMPR consider the re-evaluation of
diflubenzuron at a future meeting and that the WHO Pesticide Evaluation
Scheme (WHOPES) and the WHO Guidelines for Drinking-water Quality
(GDWQ) Chemical Working Group reconsider their recommendations for the
use of diflubenzuron as a vector control agent in drinking-water.
Residue evaluation
The Committee reviewed studies on the pharmacokinetics and metabolism of
diflubenzuron in food-producing animals, including Atlantic salmon. Also, a
number of radiolabelled and non-radiolabelled diflubenzuron residue depletion
studies in Atlantic salmon and Atlantic cod were reviewed. The analytical method
submitted by the sponsor to support the residue monitoring has been assessed.
All studies were GLP compliant unless otherwise stated.
33
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Residue data
The Committee reviewed residue depletion studies for Atlantic salmon and
Atlantic cod.
34
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
fillet and carcass. Acetonitrile and ethyl acetate tissue sample extracts were also
analysed using reversed-phase HPLC with an ultraviolet (UV) detector operating
at 254 nm. Fish fillet extracts were analysed by liquid chromatography with mass
spectrometry (LC-MS). Diflubenzuron was found as the main TRR both in fillet
and in liver, corresponding to 88.6% and 69.3% of the TRR for fillet and liver,
respectively.
In a second study, Atlantic salmon weighing 514863 g received a non-
radiolabelled diflubenzuron dose of 3 mg/kg bw per day for 13 consecutive
days followed by a single dose of 3 mg/kg bw radiolabelled [14C]diflubenzuron
by gavage. Liver, fillet (muscle and skin), gallbladder (including bile) and
residual carcass were collected from 10 fish each at 1, 4 and 7 days post final
dose administration. The analyses were carried out as described in the first study.
Diflubenzuron was found as the main TRR component both in fillet and in liver,
corresponding to 94.8% and 72.2%, respectively, at day 1 post-treatment. The
highest concentration of radioactivity (mean standard deviation [SD]) in liver
(811 100 g eq/kg), fillet (466 66 g eq/kg) and carcass (734 118 g eq/kg)
occurred 1 day after administration of the drug.
In both studies with radiolabelled diflubenzuron, the highest
concentrations of [14C]diflubenzuron equivalents occurred at 1 day post-
treatment. Less than 20% of the radiochemical dose remained in the liver, fillet
and carcass 1 day following repeated administration, and less than 33% remained
following a single dose administration. The concentrations decreased to less than
1.5% by 7 days following both dosing regimens. The major metabolic pathway is
excretion of the parent compound.
At a water temperature of 15 C, the MR:TRR ratio at day 1 post-dose was
0.91 in muscle in the single-dose regimen. For the repeated dose, the MR:TRR
ratios were 0.96, 0.88 and 0.94 for 1, 4 and 7 days post last dose.
In a study using non-radiolabelled diflubenzuron in feed, Atlantic salmon
(600987 g), maintained at a water temperature of 6 C, received a dose of 3 mg/
kg bw for 14 consecutive days. Tissues (liver, muscle and skin) were collected
and analysed after 1, 7, 14 and 21 days post-treatment. Diflubenzuron was
extracted from the tissues by solidliquid extraction with acetonitrile. Samples
were analysed using a validated HPLC-UV method. The average concentrations
of diflubenzuron in fillet were 2240 g/kg, 400 g/kg, 100 g/kg and <LOQ
(50 g/kg) on days 1, 7, 14 and 21 post-treatment, respectively. The average
concentrations of diflubenzuron in liver were 3190 g/kg, 730 g/kg, 120 g/kg
and <LOQ on days 1, 7, 14 and 21 post-treatment, respectively.
The same protocol as described previously was used for another
study at 15 C, where Atlantic salmon (600987 g) received non-radiolabelled
diflubenzuron in feed daily at a dose of 3 mg/kg bw for 14 consecutive days.
Diflubenzuron was quantified in muscle and liver by the same HPLC-UV method
35
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
liver and terminal colon were taken on days 4, 8 and 12 during the treatment and
days 1, 4, 8, 15, 22 and 30 post-treatment. At each time point, 10 fish were collected
and analysed individually, with the exception of the bile samples, which were
combined into one or two group samples for each sampling day. Diflubenzuron
was quantified by LC-MS using teflubenzuron as the internal standard. The LOQ
of the validated method was 20 g/kg. The calculated tissue concentrations in the
samples showed high variability, probably due to individual differences in feed
consumption and, to a lesser extent, in absorption. The median concentration
determined in fillet and skin throughout the treatment period was 36.1 g/kg,
only 1.5% of the mean concentration determined in Atlantic salmon fillet after the
same treatment, which suggests that diflubenzuron has a lower gastrointestinal
uptake in Atlantic cod compared with Atlantic salmon. The depletion half-lives
36
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
for diflubenzuron in fillet and liver ranged from 0.8 to 0.9 day. PCA was not
detected (LOD 2 g/kg) in any samples analysed by liquid chromatography with
tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS).
Analytical methods
The Committee assessed the validation data against the requirements for
analytical methods as published in CAC/GL 71-2009 (15).
The validated HPLC-UV method used in the depletion studies is based
on solidliquid extraction, followed by several clean-up steps using liquidliquid
extraction and solid-phase extraction on a Florisil sorbent. Quantification was
performed at 254 nm using an external calibration curve. Average recoveries of
88% for liver, 91% for muscle (values corrected for blank) and 103% for skin
were determined. The LOD and LOQ were 20 g/kg and 50 g/kg, respectively.
The Committee concluded that the HPLC-UV method provided by the sponsor
lacks in selectivity because of possible interferences from other components in
the extract at a wavelength of 254 nm and cannot be recommended for regulatory
monitoring of salmon tissues for diflubenzuron.
Several multi-residue analytical methods are reported in the peer-
reviewed scientific literature. These methods are based on solvent extraction
(acetone, acetonitrile or methanol) with or without hexane liquidliquid
extraction to remove fat, followed by clean-up over C18 or silica gel solid-phase
extraction cartridges and determination by LC-MS/MS or using the QuEChERS
(Quick, Easy, Cheap, Effective, Rugged and Safe) approach for the sample
preparation. However, the Committee noted that the methods reported in the
peer-reviewed scientific literature did not meet the analytical method validation
requirements as published in CAC/GL 71-2009 (15).
37
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Additional information that would assist in the further evaluation of the compound
38
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
ADI
In the absence of adequate information on exposure to PCA, a genotoxic and
carcinogenic metabolite and/or degradate of diflubenzuron, and on whether
diflubenzuron can be metabolized to PCA in humans, the present Committee
was unable to establish an ADI for diflubenzuron because it was not possible to
assure itself that there would be an adequate margin of safety from its use as a
veterinary drug.
MRLs
MRLs for diflubenzuron could not be recommended by the Committee, as no
ADI was established and there is a lack of data about the metabolite/degradation
product PCA.
4.2 Ivermectin
Explanation
Ivermectin (CAS no. 70288-86-7) is a macrocyclic lactone that is a member
of the avermectin series and is widely used as a broad-spectrum antiparasitic
endectocide against nematode and arthropod parasites in food-producing
animals. In human medicine, ivermectin is used to treat onchocerciasis,
lymphatic filariasis, strongiloidiasis and scabies. Ivermectin consists of two
homologous compounds, 22,23-dihydroavermectin B1a (H2B1a or ivermectin B1a)
and 22,23-dihydroavermectin B1b (H2B1b or ivermectin B1b), in the H2B1a:H2B1b
ratio of 80:20. Ivermectin is used in cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, horses, reindeer and
American bison at doses of 0.10.5 mg/kg bw given subcutaneously, topically or
orally as a single-dose treatment only. Withdrawal periods range from 14 to 122
days where ivermectin is approved for use.
Ivermectin was previously considered by the Committee at its thirty-
sixth, fortieth, fifty-eighth, seventy-fifth and seventy-eighth meetings (Annex 1,
references 91, 104, 157, 208 and 217). At its fortieth meeting, the Committee
39
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Biochemical data
Pharmacokinetics data were obtained from the submitted safety, tolerability and
pharmacokinetics study in humans (16). Twelve fasted subjects per dosing group
were given a single oral dose of 30, 60, 90 or 120 mg ivermectin or multiple doses
of either 30 or 60 mg ivermectin over 7 days. Pharmacokinetic analysis revealed
that ivermectin concentrations in plasma were generally proportional up to a
single oral dose of 120 mg in fasted subjects. Dose linearity of the maximum
concentration in plasma (Cmax) and the area under the plasma concentrationtime
curve (AUC) was confirmed after dose normalization. There were no differences
in pharmacokinetic variables between men and women. Minimal accumulation
40
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
was observed with repeated dosing, and the elimination half-life ranged from
18.8 to 20.1 hours in fasted subjects. The ivermectin AUC was 2.57-fold greater
in fed versus fasted subjects receiving a single dose of 30 mg, but the elimination
half-life was shorter, at 15.0 hours.
A literature search identified a number of oral dosing studies in dogs that
had relevant pharmacokinetics data from a test group treated with ivermectin.
The data indicate that for a 3-fold increase in ivermectin dose (81.5250 g/kg
bw per day), there was approximately a 5.5-fold increase in the ivermectin Cmax
(24132.6 ng/mL) and a 6-fold increase in the plasma ivermectin AUC (38.9237
ng.d/mL). Dose normalization of the pharmacokinetics data from the oral dosing
studies in dogs confirmed non-linear plasma pharmacokinetics of ivermectin in
dogs. Furthermore, for this dose range, the elimination half-life ranged from 3.3
to 4.4 days.
Toxicological data
Repeated-dose studies with ivermectin in laboratory animals have previously
been evaluated by JECFA (Annex 1, reference 91). The findings from the most
relevant of these non-GLP-compliant studies are summarized below.
In a 14-week study, ivermectin was given orally to rat pups 34 weeks of
age, obtained from dams treated with ivermectin, at a dose of 0, 0.4, 0.8 or 1.6
mg/kg bw per day. Spleen enlargement and reactive bone marrow hyperplasia
were observed in one animal at 0.8 mg/kg bw per day and in three animals at 1.6
mg/kg bw per day. Based on these observations, a LOAEL of 0.8 mg/kg bw per
day was identified, and the NOAEL was 0.4 mg/kg bw per day. The Committee
noted that the study design was not clearly explained and the findings were
difficult to interpret.
In a 14-week study, ivermectin was given to dogs (four of each sex per
group) by oral gastric intubation at a dose of 0, 0.5, 1.0 or 2.0 mg/kg bw per
day. Controls received water or vehicle (sesame oil). At 2.0 mg/kg bw per day,
mydriasis was observed in all animals; three males and one female developed
tremors, ataxia, anorexia and dehydration, lost body weight (1.01.6 kg), were
frequently found laterally recumbent and were ataxic when standing. Based on
occasional mydriases and a retardation of weight gain in animals, the LOAEL was
1.0 mg/kg bw per day, and the NOAEL was 0.5 mg/kg bw per day (17).
In a 16-day oral toxicity study, ivermectin was given to immature
rhesus monkeys (1321 months old) at a dose of 0, 0.3, 0.6 or 1.2 mg/kg bw
by nasogastric intubation. Controls received vehicle (sesame oil). There were no
treatment-related effects noted in any of the treated animals. A NOAEL of 1.2
mg/kg bw per day, the highest dose tested, was identified.
41
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Observations in humans
In a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, multiple-rising-dose
study (0, 30, 60, 90 and 120 mg, equivalent to 0, 0.4, 0.8, 1.2 and 1.5 mg/kg bw,
respectively, based on median body weight) to investigate the safety, tolerability
and pharmacokinetics of multiple doses of ivermectin, 12 healthy human
subjects per dose group were administered oral doses of ivermectin of 30 or 60
mg on days 1, 4 and 7 or single doses of 90 or 120 mg. An additional four healthy
human subjects per dose group were administered a placebo. All subjects were
42
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
fasted prior to dosing. A group of the subjects who received 30 mg were allowed
a 1-week washout and then fed prior to administration of a single oral dose of
30 mg ivermectin. All doses of ivermectin were well tolerated. No adverse effects
on human health, in particular upon the neurological system, were identified.
The NOAEL for acute oral toxicity of ivermectin was determined to be 120 mg,
equivalent to 1.5 mg/kg bw, the highest dose tested, based on a median body
weight of 77.9 kg (16).
Ivermectin has been administered to several million human patients for
the treatment of onchocerciasis at a recommended oral dose level of 150 g/kg
bw administered once every 12 months. No signs of acute central nervous system
toxicity have been reported. The adverse reactions that have been observed in
treated patients have been described as allergic or inflammatory responses
resulting from the killing of microfilariae, referred to as the Mazotti reaction.
No significant adverse effects on fetuses have been reported when pregnant
women were inadvertently treated with ivermectin.
Ivermectin may also be used in the treatment of lymphatic filariasis,
strongiloidiasis and scabies. The treatment of scabies generally requires a single
oral dose of 200 g/kg bw, but two or three repeated doses may be needed,
separated by an interval of 1 or 2 weeks, to be fully effective. The sponsor identified
a number of reported studies where parasitized patients received up to 13 oral
doses of ivermectin (800 g/kg bw) during the course of treatment. These studies
reported that ivermectin was well tolerated and noted no serious adverse health
effects. A recent review of the acute toxicity of macrocyclic lactones reported that
adverse health effects of ivermectin treatment in patients with onchocerciasis
were related not to the dosage of ivermectin, but to the skin microfilarial load.
Microbiological data
Considering the chemical structure and mode of action, the Committee did not
anticipate any adverse effects of ivermectin residues on human gastrointestinal
microbiota.
Evaluation
43
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
identified the 14-week dog study as the most appropriate for use in establishing
an ADI, given the non-relevance of effects in the CF-1 mouse and the neonatal
rat due to their low expression of P-glycoprotein.
As the interspecies differences in pharmacokinetics between dogs and
humans are such that humans would be exposed to less ivermectin at a given
dose compared with dogs, a reduction in the interspecies uncertainty factor
for pharmacokinetics would be appropriate. The quality of the information on
pharmacokinetics in dogs was not sufficient to enable the Committee to calculate
accurately a chemical-specific adjustment factor for interspecies differences in
pharmacokinetics. A reduction by 50% was used as a conservative estimate. An
uncertainty factor of 50, comprising a factor of 5 for interspecies differences and
a factor of 10 for intraspecies differences, was therefore adopted.
Residue evaluation
The current Committee received seven residue depletion studies from two sources.
Six had not been previously reviewed by JECFA, and one was resubmitted from
the original sponsor.
All studies in this report are GLP compliant unless otherwise indicated.
Resubmitted study
In a study using non-radiolabelled drug, 36 castrated male and 36 female
crossbred beef cattle weighing 297401 kg were used. A 1% weight per volume
(w/v) ivermectin injectable formulation was administered subcutaneously at
44
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
1 mL/50 kg. Animals were killed in groups of 12 at 21, 28, 35, 42, 49 and 56
days post-dose, and edible tissues, including injection site, were collected from
each animal. The samples were analysed by a validated HPLC method with
fluorescence detection. The LOD and limit of reliable measurement, assumed
to be the LOQ, were 12 g/kg and 10 g/kg, respectively. Residues were highest
in liver, followed by fat. Residues had depleted to below the LOQ of the method
in liver by 49 days post-dose. In muscle and kidney, residue concentrations had
depleted to below the LOQ by 21 days post-dose.
45
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Analytical methods
A reversed-phase HPLC method with fluorescence detection was used to
determine the marker residue (ivermectin B1a) in bovine edible tissues. After
tissue homogenization in acetone/water, the marker residue is extracted with
isooctane. After evaporation, fat is removed from the sample with acetonitrile/
hexane binary mixture. The solvent is removed by evaporation, and a fluorescent
derivative is formed by on-line derivatization with trifluoroacetic anhydride/N-
methylimidazole. The derivatized residue is assayed using HPLC/fluorescence
with an excitation wavelength of 365 nm and an emission wavelength of 470
nm. No internal standard is used. The method quantitatively measures the B1a
component of ivermectin by comparison with a series of derivatized ivermectin
external standards.
The Committee assessed the validation data against the analytical
requirements as published in CAC/GL 71-2009 (15). The method has been
validated for selectivity, precision and accuracy, LOD and LOQ. No interfering
peaks were observed at the retention time of ivermectin B1a in any of the non-
fortified tissue samples, attesting to the selectivity of the method. The response of
the method was linear over the range 51000 g/kg. Calculated LODs were 0.10
g/kg for fat, 0.10 g/kg for kidney, 0.10 g/kg for liver and 0.05 g/kg for muscle.
The LOD of the method was set at 1 g/kg (lowest analysed concentration). The
LOQ was set at 5 g/kg for all tissues, the lowest concentration validated for
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
46
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
No new data were provided for use of ivermectin in dairy cattle; therefore, the Committee did not
3
Uncertainty factor
ADI: 50 (5 for interspecies variability and 10 for intraspecies variability)
ARfD: 10 (10 for intraspecies variability)
48
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
Residue definition
Ivermectin B1a (22,23-dihydroavermectin B1a)
MRLs
400 g/kg for fat, 100 g/kg for kidney, 800 g/kg for liver and 30 g/kg for
muscle in cattle
4.3 Sisapronil
Explanation
Sisapronil, formerly known as phenylpyrazole, is the proposed
International Non-proprietary Name (INN) for 5-amino-1-[2,6-dichloro-4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-[2,2-difluoro-1-(trifluoromethyl) cyclopropyl]-1H-
pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (IUPAC), with CAS no. 856225-89-3. It is a new member
of the phenylpyrazole class of compounds. It is a long-acting subcutaneous
injectable ectoparasiticide for control of cattle ticks. It also aids in the control of
bot fly larvae, hornfly and screwworm. It is approved for use in cattle as a single
subcutaneous injection of 2 mg/kg bw, with a withdrawal time of 120 days.
Sisapronil binds to ligand-gated chloride channels, in particular those
gated by the neurotransmitter gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA), thereby non-
competitively blocking pre-synaptic and post-synaptic transfer of chloride ions
across cell membranes in insects or acari. This mechanism of action results in
uncontrolled activity of the central nervous system and death of the parasites.
49
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Biochemical data
The pharmacokinetics of sisapronil were studied in rats, dogs and cynomolgus
monkeys. Most of the investigations were done as part of the toxicological studies.
Twenty-four hours after administration of 14C-labelled sisapronil by
oral gavage to rats at a dose of 50 mg/kg bw, the radioactivity in faeces was
approximately 98% of the total recovery from excreta, and the remainder was
found in urine, suggesting limited absorption.
An oral bioavailability of 6.8% was determined in cynomolgus monkeys
by comparing the pharmacokinetics data in plasma following a single oral
administration with those following a single intravenous administration.
There was little information on the distribution and metabolism of
sisapronil in laboratory animals. In a radiolabel study in rats, the parent sisapronil
accounted for more than 91% of the radioactivity in faeces at 24 hours after oral
administration. In addition, sisapronil was identified as the primary residue in
the liver. A metabolite was detected in the liver of rats, but could not be identified.
It had the same retention time as the main metabolite found in cattle liver, which
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
could not be identified because of the low quantities present. These data suggest
that sisapronil undergoes minimal metabolism and that the metabolite found in
cattle is also present in the rat and therefore is inherently tested in the toxicity
studies on rats.
In rats, the elimination half-life of sisapronil in plasma was approximately
14 days. This half-life was determined in a 28-day repeated-dose toxicity study in
which blood samples were taken at 4, 8 and 24 hours post-dosing on several study
days, including day 1. The Committee considered that this estimated half-life
in rats should be viewed with great caution, because it was based on only three
time points and involved a large time extrapolation. The sponsor cited a half-life
of 2039 days, derived from an exploratory oral study in rats with a sampling
period of 14 days; however, that study was not provided. The Committee noted
50
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
Toxicological data
Single-dose oral toxicity studies with sisapronil were conducted in mice and rats.
The oral LD50 in rats was 552 mg/kg bw. In mice, no mortality was observed at 30
mg/kg bw, the highest dose tested.
Studies in rabbits showed that sisapronil was not irritating to the skin
or the eyes. Sisapronil was not a skin sensitizer in the murine local lymph node
assay.
Repeated-dose oral toxicity studies were conducted with sisapronil in
rats (gavage) and dogs (capsules). The main studies in rats included a 90-day
study and a 1-year study. Studies in dogs included a range-finding 28-day study
and a 90-day study.
The main target organs for toxicity in rats and dogs were the liver and
thyroid.
In rats given an oral gavage sisapronil dose of 0, 0.1, 0.3, 1.0 or 10 mg/
kg bw per day for 90 days, increased levels of thyroid stimulating hormone
(TSH) and decreased levels of thyroxine (T4) in plasma were observed at the
highest dose. Animals of this group also showed increased absolute and relative
liver and thyroid weights, hepatocellular hypertrophy and thyroid follicular cell
hypertrophy. The NOAEL in this study was 1.0 mg/kg bw per day, based on effects
on the liver and thyroid at 10 mg/kg bw per day.
In rats given an oral gavage sisapronil dose of 0, 0.1, 0.3, 1.0 or 10 mg/
kg bw per day for 1 year, decreases in levels of triiodothyronine (T3) and T4 in
51
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
plasma were observed at the highest dose. Increased absolute and relative liver
weights were observed in both sexes at 1.0 and 10 mg/kg bw per day. Increased
relative thyroid weights were observed at 1.0 mg/kg bw per day in males only,
and absolute and relative thyroid weights were seen at 10 mg/kg bw per day in
both sexes. The livers of the animals at 1.0 and 10 mg/kg bw per day showed
centrilobular hepatocellular hypertrophy and vacuolation. Thyroid follicular cell
hypertrophy, hyperplasia and adenomas were statistically significantly increased
at doses of 1.0 and 10 mg/kg bw per day. The NOAEL in this study was 0.3 mg/kg
bw per day, based on changes in the liver and thyroid at 1.0 mg/kg bw per day.
In a range-finding 28-day oral toxicity study, dogs were given sisapronil
in capsules at a dose of 0, 1, 5 or 25 mg/kg bw per day. Relative liver weights were
increased in high-dose males and females, accompanied by increased glycogen
in hepatocytes. Absolute and relative thymus weights were decreased in females
of the 5 and 25 mg/kg bw per day groups. These decreases were statistically
significant in females of the 5 mg/kg bw per day group only. Microscopically, the
decreased thymus weights correlated with an increased incidence of minimal to
mild decreased cellularity of the lymphoid tissue. The NOAEL in this study was
1 mg/kg bw per day, based on changes in the thymus at 5 mg/kg bw per day.
In a 90-day repeated-dose oral toxicity study, dogs were given sisapronil in
capsules at a dose of 0, 0.3, 1 or 10 mg/kg bw per day. Dogs had increased absolute
and relative liver weights and vacuolar degeneration of individual hepatocytes
at the highest dose. At 1 and 10 mg/kg bw per day, an increase in glycogen in
hepatocytes was observed. Minimal thyroid follicular cell hypertrophy was
observed at 1 and 10 mg/kg bw per day. Thyroid follicular cell hypertrophy was
characterized by cuboidal to tall cuboidal follicular cells, frequently associated
with increased vacuolation in the apical cytoplasm. This hypertrophy occurred
without increased thyroid weight or changes in thyroid hormone levels in blood.
A NOAEL of 0.3 mg/kg bw per day was identified, based on minimal thyroid
follicular cell hypertrophy and increased glycogen in hepatocytes at 1 mg/kg bw
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
per day.
The genotoxicity of sisapronil was investigated in an adequate array of in
vitro and in vivo tests. No evidence of genotoxicity was found. In silico analysis
revealed no structural alerts for genotoxicity. The Committee concluded that
sisapronil is not genotoxic.
No specific 2-year toxicity studies or carcinogenicity studies were
provided. The study with the longest duration was the 1-year repeated-dose oral
toxicity study in rats.
The only test articlerelated proliferative lesions in the 1-year oral toxicity
study in rats described above were thyroid hyperplasia and thyroid tumours
(adenomas). The NOAEL for these thyroid effects was 0.3 mg/kg bw per day. A
study was conducted to determine a possible mode of action for thyroid hormone
52
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
changes and to evaluate the microscopic liver and thyroid changes observed
in rats. This study supported a mode of action for sisapronil-induced thyroid
tumour formation involving the disruption of homeostasis of the hypothalamic
pituitarythyroid (HPT) axis by an extrathyroidal mechanism. Specifically,
sisapronil induces uridine diphosphate-glucuronosyltransferase (UGT), which
increases the conjugation of thyroid hormones (T3 and T4) in the liver. In
response to the hypothyroid state, TSH synthesis and release are stimulated, and
this is the key event that leads to thyroid follicular cell growth and hyperplasia.
In response to the hypothyroid state and increased TSH levels, the thyroid
gland is stimulated to produce more T4, and, over time, there is compensatory
thyroid gland enlargement. For sisapronil, the available data provide compelling
evidence that increased hepatic clearance of T3 and T4 causes chronic stimulation
of the HPT axis, seen acutely as an increase in TSH secretion, with long-term
stimulation of the thyroid gland as a chronic consequence leading to follicular
cell adenoma development.
The data from the 1-year rat study were used for benchmark dose (BMD)
modelling to assist in the analysis of the proposed mode of action. A number of
variables were used for the BMD analysis: TSH, total T4, free T3, relative (to body
and brain weights) liver and thyroid weights as well as the occurrence of bilateral
thyroid adenoma and hypertrophy. A benchmark response (BMR) of 10% extra
risk above the background was selected as the basis for estimating BMDs. Among
the variables analysed, the lower 95% confidence limit on the benchmark dose
(BMDL) values ranged from 0.26 to 0.79 mg/kg bw per day, which are supportive
of the 0.3 mg/kg bw per day NOAEL identified in this study.
Although the Committee recognized that a specific carcinogenicity study
had not been conducted, it concluded that sisapronil is not genotoxic and that the
thyroid tumours in rats are a result of an indirect perturbation of the HPT axis by
a mode of action not considered relevant to humans. Therefore, the Committee
concluded that sisapronil does not pose a risk of carcinogenicity to humans at
doses relevant to residues of veterinary drugs.
A two-generation reproductive toxicity study was conducted in rats
given sisapronil by oral gavage at a dose of 0, 0.3, 2.0 or 15 mg/kg bw per day.
The 15 mg/kg bw per day dose group was discontinued for the F1 generation
because of the high pup mortality in that group. Systemic toxicity was evidenced
by significant effects on the liver (increased absolute and relative liver weights)
and thyroid (follicular cell hypertrophy and hyperplasia) at 2.0 mg/kg bw per
day and higher. Although the reproductive performance of the F0 generation was
not affected at any dose level, low fertility in males and females, decreased male
copulation, decreased female conception indices and decreased ovarian follicle
counts were noted in the F1 generation at 2.0 mg/kg bw per day. The NOAEL for
reproductive toxicity was 0.3 mg/kg bw per day, the NOAEL for offspring toxicity
53
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
was 2.0 mg/kg bw per day and the NOAEL for parental toxicity was 0.3 mg/kg bw
per day.
Developmental toxicity studies were conducted in rats and rabbits. The
rat study used oral gavage doses of 0, 0.3, 2.0 and 20 mg/kg bw per day. The only
effects seen in this study were reduced body weight gain and feed consumption
in dams at the high dose, which resulted in lower pup weights in that group. The
NOAEL for both maternal toxicity and embryo/fetal toxicity was 2.0 mg/kg bw
per day.
The developmental toxicity study in rabbits used oral gavage doses of
0, 0.3, 2.0 and 12.5 mg/kg bw per day. The dams of the high-dose group showed
reduced feed intake and severe body weight loss, resulting in moribundity,
abortion and premature delivery in several dams. The fetuses of this dose group
had lower mean body weights. The NOAEL for both maternal and embryo/fetal
toxicity was 2.0 mg/kg bw per day.
The Committee concluded that sisapronil is not teratogenic.
The acute neurotoxicity of sisapronil was investigated in rats given an oral
gavage dose of 0, 100, 500 or 1000 mg/kg bw. There was mortality at the highest
dose, and animals of the 500 and 1000 mg/kg bw per day groups showed reduced
gait, tremors, convulsions (high dose), hyperactivity, vocalization, laboured
breathing, reduced foot splay, reduced grip strength and altered reflex responses.
Motor activity parameters were also affected in these groups. The NOAEL in this
study was 100 mg/kg bw per day.
Microbiological data
Considering the chemical structure and the mode of action of sisapronil, the
Committee did not anticipate any adverse effects of sisapronil residues on the
human gastrointestinal microbiota.
Evaluation
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
The main findings in the livers of rats and dogs treated with sisapronil included
increased liver weights, centrilobular hepatocellular hypertrophy, vacuolation
and increased glycogen in hepatocytes. Hepatocellular hypertrophy and increased
liver weights in rats are considered to be related to hepatic drug metabolizing
enzyme induction, an adaptive response. It is well known that rats are particularly
sensitive to developing thyroid tumours according to a mode of action, described
above, that is considered not to be relevant to humans.
The Committee noted that the lowest relevant NOAEL was 0.3 mg/kg
bw per day in both the 90-day oral toxicity study in dogs and the two-generation
reproductive toxicity study in rats. However, the Committee considered this 90-
day study in dogs to be unsuitable to address long-term toxicity, in view of the very
54
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
long elimination half-life of sisapronil in dogs (i.e. 100 days). Longer-term oral
toxicity studies with sisapronil in dogs were not available. It remains uncertain
how the toxic effects in dogs might progress and whether or not other effects
might be triggered upon longer-term exposure. The Committee also concluded
that the NOAEL from the reproductive toxicity study in rats may not be sufficient
to protect against long-term effects of sisapronil.
The Committee concluded that a toxicological ADI could not be
established because the Committee had no basis upon which to determine a
suitable uncertainty factor to accommodate the lack of a long-term toxicity study.
Additional information that would assist in the further evaluation of the compound
Residue evaluation
The Committee reviewed studies on the pharmacokinetics and metabolism
of sisapronil in cattle, a radiolabelled residue depletion study in cattle, a non-
radiolabelled residue depletion study in cattle and information on an analytical
method submitted by the sponsor. All studies are compliant with GLP unless
otherwise specified.
Residue data
Cattle. One study using [14C]sisapronil was performed. Cattle were treated with
a single subcutaneous dose of [14C]sisapronil of 2.0 mg/kg bw, and groups of four
animals (two of each sex) were slaughtered at 10-day intervals from day 10 to
day 90 post-dose. Total radioactivity was analysed, and sisapronil residues were
determined. In edible tissues, TRR were highest in fat, followed by liver, kidney
and then loin muscle. Mean TRR in fat were 10 195 g eq/kg at 30 days, declining
to 891 g eq/kg at 90 days. Mean TRR in liver were 2793 g eq/kg at 10 days,
declining to 299 g eq/kg at 90 days. Mean TRR in kidney were 1552 g eq/kg at
10 days, declining to 133 g eq/kg at 90 days. Mean TRR in hindquarter muscle
were 183 g eq/kg at 10 days, declining to below the LOD at 90 days.
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
Based on the data from this study, the Committee took a conservative
approach and chose the lowest value reported over all time points analysed. The
following MR:TRR ratios were established for the following tissues: 0.90 for
muscle, 0.50 for liver, 0.86 for kidney and 0.94 for fat.
In another study, the depletion of non-radiolabelled sisapronil was
studied using cattle that received a single subcutaneous injection of sisapronil
of 2.0 mg/kg bw. Groups of four animals (two of each sex) were slaughtered at
30-day intervals from 30 to 240 days post-dose, and sisapronil concentrations
were determined using an LC-MS/MS method with an LOQ of 5 g/kg. In edible
tissues, at all time points, the highest residue concentrations were observed in
fat, followed by liver, kidney and then hindquarter muscle, with results above the
56
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
LOQ observed at all time points. Mean residues in fat were 7520 g/kg at 30 days,
declining to 564 g/kg at 240 days. Mean residues in liver were 759 g/kg at 30
days, declining to 60 g/kg at 240 days. Mean residues in kidney were 465 g/kg at
30 days, declining to 43 g/kg at 240 days. Mean residues in hindquarter muscle
were 172 g/kg at 30 days, declining to 32 g/kg at 240 days. Mean residues in
core injection site muscle were 29 650 g/kg at 30 days, declining to 76 g/kg at
240 days. Mean residues in surrounding injection site were 4007 g/kg at 30 days,
declining to 119 g/kg at 240 days.
The Committee noted that the residue depletion data suggested that the
terminal elimination phase was appreciably longer than the reported plasma
elimination half-life.
Analytical methods
An LC-MS/MS method was used to determine the marker residue (parent
sisapronil) in bovine edible tissues. The marker residue is extracted by solidliquid
extraction. After agitation and centrifugation, the supernatant is transferred to
an HPLC vial. The stationary phase was a C18 column, and the mobile phase was
0.027% formic acid in 2 mM ammonium acetate (volume per volume [v/v]) (A)
and acetonitrile (B). Sisapronil residues are ionized in an electrospray interface
(negative polarity) before acquisition of the signal in the selected reaction
monitoring mode in a triple quadrupole mass spectrometer. Sisapronil labelled
at three positions (13C2-15N) was used as an internal standard. Standard curves
were generated using simple linear regression.
The Committee assessed the validation data against the requirements
for analytical methods as published in CAC/GL 71-2009 (15). The method has
been validated for selectivity, precision, accuracy, LOD and LOQ. No interfering
peaks were observed at the retention time of sisapronil in any of the non-fortified
samples, attesting to the selectivity of the method. The intra-day and inter-day
mean accuracies were in the range 85110% and 94105%, respectively, for all
tissues. The intra-day and inter-day precisions were in the range 1.117.5% and
3.412.4%, respectively, for all tissues. The calculated LODs were 0.2 g/kg for
muscle, 0.6 g/kg for liver, 0.6 g/kg for kidney and 0.3 g/kg for fat. The calculated
LOQs were approximately 0.6 g/kg for muscle, 1.6 g/kg for liver, 1.7 g/kg for
kidney and 0.8 g/kg for fat; the method validation established 5 g/kg as the
LOQ for sisapronil in bovine edible tissues. The analytical method proposed for
routine residue surveillance is a gradient LC-MS/MS method applicable in the
range of 51000 g/kg for all tissues. Accordingly, the method is expected to be
practicable and applicable in normal routine laboratory use.
57
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Dog
Three-month study of 0, 0.3, 1, 10 Increased glycogen in hepatocytes; thyroid 0.3 1
toxicitya (capsule) follicular cell hypertrophy
a
A plasma half-life of approximately 100 days was found in a non-GLP-compliant study in dogs.
ADI
No ADI was established because the Committee had no basis upon which to
determine a suitable uncertainty factor to accommodate the lack of a long-term
toxicity study.
58
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
MRLs
MRLs could not be recommended by the Committee, as an ADI could not be
established.
4.4 Teflubenzuron
Explanation
Teflubenzuron (IUPAC name: 1-(3,5-dichloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)-3-(2,6-difluoro-
benzoyl)urea; CAS no. 83121-18-0) is an insecticide belonging to the benzoylurea
group of compounds. Its mode of action is through inhibition of the synthesis of
chitin, and hence it is most effective on the developmental stages of insects. Insects
are killed as a result of the disruption of their moulting. Teflubenzuron is approved
in many countries as an insecticide for use in plant production as well as for control
of sea lice (Lepeophtheirus salmonis and Caligus rogercresseyi) in aquaculture.
Teflubenzuron is used as a premix coated onto non-medicated fish feed pellets
to achieve an intended dose of 10 mg/kg bw per day for 7 consecutive days. The
withdrawal periods range from 7 to 11 days and from 45 to 96 degree-days.
Teflubenzuron has not been previously evaluated by the Committee,
although it was evaluated by JMPR as a pesticide in 1994 and 1996 (18, 19) and is
scheduled for periodic re-evaluation at JMPRs September 2016 meeting. JMPR
established an ADI of 00.01 mg/kg bw on the basis of a LOAEL of 2.1 mg/kg bw
per day in a mouse carcinogenicity study with the application of an uncertainty
factor of 200, including an additional factor of 2 to account for the use of a LOAEL
instead of a NOAEL.
The Committee evaluated teflubenzuron at the present meeting at the
request of the Twenty-second Session of the Codex Committee on Residues
of Veterinary Drugs in Foods (2), with a view to establishing an ADI and
recommending MRLs in finfish tissues.
59
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Biochemical data
Orally administered teflubenzuron was only partially, but relatively quickly,
absorbed. Following a single oral dose of radiolabelled teflubenzuron at 25 mg/kg
bw, approximately 20% of the radioactivity was absorbed; only 4% was absorbed
when rats were dosed at 750 mg/kg bw, suggesting a dose-dependent absorption.
Peak plasma concentrations were reached within 12 hours post-dosing and
were maintained at similar levels for up to 8 hours (low dose) or 24 hours (high
dose). In repeatedly dosed animals, there was some evidence of a dose-dependent
plateau in plasma concentration.
Most (9095%) radiolabelled teflubenzuron administered by gavage to
rats (single dose at 25 or 750 mg/kg bw or 14 daily doses of 25 mg/kg bw of
unlabelled drug followed by a single dose of 25 mg/kg bw radiolabelled drug)
was excreted in faeces, primarily as the parent compound. More than 85% of the
drug was excreted within the first 24 hours of the dosing. Only a small fraction
(0.153%) of the total oral dose of teflubenzuron was excreted in the urine. There
was no difference in excretion pattern between sexes or between animals dosed
with a single or multiple doses of the drug. Absorbed teflubenzuron was mostly
excreted through bile, predominantly as polar materials. Only negligible residues
of teflubenzuron were detected in tissues and organs (<2% of the dose), with no
evidence of accumulation.
Metabolites identified in bile and urine were benzoyl or aniline ring
hydroxylated teflubenzuron and conjugates of (3,5-dichloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)-
urea and 3,5-dichloro-2,4-difluoroaniline. Several polar metabolites were
detected in faeces, but the only metabolite characterized was (3,5-dichloro-
2,4-difluorophenyl)urea. Hydrolytic cleavage of the phenylurea bridge was
identified as the predominant pathway of teflubenzuron metabolism in a non-
GLP-compliant study in which rats were gavaged once with approximately 55
mg/kg bw of the drug. The scission products thus produced were either excreted
unmodified or further metabolized and excreted.
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
Toxicological data
Teflubenzuron was shown to have low acute toxicity in laboratory animals. The
oral LD50 in mice and rats was greater than 5000 mg/kg bw. The dermal LD50 in
rats was greater than 2000 mg/kg bw, and the inhalation LC50 in rats was greater
than 5000 mg/m3 air. Teflubenzuron was not irritating to the skin or eyes of
rabbits, and it did not cause skin sensitization in the guinea-pig maximization
test.
Short-term toxicity studies of teflubenzuron in which the drug was
administered in diet were conducted in mice (one 13-week study), rats (one 13-
week study) and dogs (two 13-week studies and one 52-week study). In all three
60
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
species, liver was identified as the target organ for toxic effects, as evidenced by
elevated enzyme activities and/or adaptive cellular changes.
In a study whose GLP-compliant status could not be verified, mice were
administered teflubenzuron at a concentration of 0, 100, 1000 or 10 000 mg/kg
diet (equal to 0, 12, 115 and 1213 mg/kg bw per day for males and 0, 14, 142
and 1450 mg/kg bw per day for females, respectively) for 13 weeks. In the high-
dose group, activities of liver enzymes (alkaline phosphatase in males, alanine
transaminase in females) and total cholesterol levels (females) were elevated,
and blood glucose levels (both sexes) were altered. In the mid- and high-dose
groups, absolute and relative liver weights were increased, with centrilobular
hepatocellular swelling (both sexes) and microscopic fatty changes (in males).
The NOAEL was identified as 100 mg/kg feed (equal to 12 mg/kg bw per day),
based on liver changes at 1000 mg/kg feed (equal to 115 mg/kg bw per day).
Rats were administered teflubenzuron at a concentration of 0, 100, 1000
or 10 000 mg/kg feed (equal to 0, 8, 82 and 809 mg/kg bw per day for males
and 0, 9, 94 and 942 mg/kg bw per day for females, respectively) for 13 weeks.
Some animals from the control and high-dose groups were observed for an
additional 4 weeks without treatment. Increased activities of several enzymes,
notably aspartate transaminase (middle and high doses, both sexes), ornithine
transcarbamylase (high dose, both sexes), alanine transaminase (mid- and high-
dose males), lactate dehydrogenase (high-dose males) and alkaline phosphatase
(all treated males), were observed, which returned to normal levels after 4 weeks
of drug withdrawal. At necropsy, increased absolute and relative weights of liver
in females and of testes in males were observed at the high dose. The statistically
significant change in alkaline phosphatase activity in male rats of the low-dose
group was not considered to be biologically relevant, being less than 1.5-fold
above the control value and within the normal physiological range. Based on
effects on liver enzymes at 1000 mg/kg feed (equal to 82 mg/kg bw per day), a
NOAEL of 100 mg/kg feed (equal to 8 mg/kg bw per day) was identified.
In a non-GLP-compliant study, the potential of teflubenzuron to form
methaemoglobin and exert other effects on haematological parameters in rats
was investigated in a comparative study that investigated five benzoylurea
insecticides. Although reticulocyte count was increased in rats treated with
teflubenzuron (100 mg/kg bw per day for 28 days), it was not associated with
anaemia or the formation of methaemoglobin.
In dogs administered teflubenzuron at a concentration of 0, 100, 1000 or
10 000 mg/kg feed (equal to 0, 3.5, 33.7 and 318.2 mg/kg bw per day for males and
0, 4.0, 42.8 and 417.1 mg/kg bw per day for females, respectively) for 13 weeks,
activities of alanine transaminase, aspartate transaminase, alkaline phosphatase
and ornithine transcarbamylase were increased in both sexes at the high dose. At
necropsy, absolute and relative liver weights were elevated and the incidence of
61
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
nodular foci in the pyloric or fundic region of the stomach was increased at the
high dose. Isolated dark red foci were noted in the pyloric region of the stomach at
the middle and high doses. Focal gastritis was observed in females at the middle
and high doses, and follicular hyperplasia of the pyloric mucosa was noted in most
animals at the high dose. Mild hepatitis in one male and centrilobular hepatic
necrosis in another male were observed at the low dose. Also, moderate chronic
active hepatitis was diagnosed in one animal of each sex at the high dose. Given
the lack of a clear doseresponse relationship for hepatitis, the mild microscopic
hepatic changes noted in two dogs in the low-dose group were not considered to
be a treatment-related adverse effect. The NOAEL was 100 mg/kg feed (equal to
3.5 mg/kg bw per day), based on stomach lesions at 1000 mg/kg feed (equal to
33.7 mg/kg bw per day).
In a supplementary study to clarify the effects on liver, dogs were
administered teflubenzuron at a concentration of 0, 30 or 100 mg/kg feed (equal
to 0, 1.2 and 4.4 mg/kg bw per day for males and 0, 1.5 and 5.1 mg/kg bw per day
for females, respectively) for 13 weeks. There were no treatment-related adverse
effects identified in clinical examination, laboratory testing, and macroscopic or
microscopic examination of organs. The NOAEL was 100 mg/kg feed (equal to
4.4 mg/kg bw per day), the highest dose tested.
In a 52-week study, dogs were administered teflubenzuron at a
concentration of 0, 30, 100 or 500 mg/kg feed (equal to 0, 1.0, 3.2 and 17.3 mg/
kg bw per day for males and 0, 1.2, 4.0 and 18.0 mg/kg bw per day for females,
respectively). At necropsy, the absolute liver weight in males was increased at the
high dose, but no treatment-related changes were noted in gross pathological or
histopathological examinations. The NOAEL was 100 mg/kg feed (equal to 3.2
mg/kg bw per day), based on the liver weight change at 500 mg/kg feed (equal to
17.3 mg/kg bw per day).
The Committee identified an overall NOAEL of 100 mg/kg feed (equal
to 4.4 mg/kg bw per day) from three short-term studies in dogs, based on the
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
findings of adverse effects in liver at a dose of 500 mg/kg feed (equal to 17.3 mg/
kg bw per day).
In a carcinogenicity study in mice (20), teflubenzuron was administered
at a concentration of 0, 15, 75 or 375 mg/kg feed (equal to 0, 2.1, 10.5 and
53.6 mg/kg bw per day for males and 0, 3.1, 15.4 and 71.7 mg/kg bw per
day for females, respectively) for 78 weeks, with an interim kill at week 52.
Aspartate transaminase, alanine transaminase, ornithine transcarbamylase,
lactate dehydrogenase and alkaline phosphatase activities were elevated in
high-dose males, but only alanine transaminase activity was elevated in high-
dose females. Absolute and relative liver weights were higher in both sexes at
the high dose, and relative liver weight was slightly increased in the mid-dose
males. The incidence of macroscopic hepatic nodules was increased in the high-
62
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
63
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
hepatocellular hyperplasia, spongiosis hepatis) were noted in the liver of both sexes
at both doses tested, lesions being more severe in males than in females. There
was no compound-related increase in the incidence of any tumours observed
in this study, including mesenteric lymph node haemangioma and pancreatic
exocrine carcinoma in male rats, thus confirming the lack of association between
substance administration and the occurrence of these tumours suggested from
the previous study.
Although no NOAEL could be identified in the second study owing to
non-neoplastic microscopic hepatic changes and elevated liver enzyme activities
in both treatment groups, the Committee was able to identify an overall NOAEL
of 100 mg/kg feed (equal to 4.8 mg/kg bw per day) from the two chronic toxicity
and carcinogenicity studies in rats.
64
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
50 mg/kg bw per day, based on decreased survival at 250 mg/kg bw per day, and
the NOAEL for maternal toxicity was 250 mg/kg bw per day, the highest dose
tested.
To further elucidate the embryotoxic effect in rabbits, a small
supplementary study (five per group) was conducted by administering
teflubenzuron by gavage at 0, 250, 500 (killed on day 19) or 500 mg/kg bw per day
(killed at day 29) on days 618 of gestation. There was evidence of embryotoxicity
in all treated animals, although no maternal toxicity was identified.
In another developmental toxicity study in rabbits, pregnant animals were
dosed with teflubenzuron by gavage at 0 or 1000 mg/kg bw per day during days
618 of pregnancy and killed on gestation day 28. Treated rabbits had a higher
incidence of liver lesions compared with controls, but there were no treatment-
related reproductive or developmental abnormalities. No NOAEL was identified
for maternal toxicity, as effects were noted at the only dose tested. The NOAEL for
embryo/fetal toxicity was 1000 mg/kg bw per day, the only dose tested. However,
this study did not evaluate offspring survival during the first 24 hours, and hence
the Committee cannot discount the effects seen in the previous study.
An overall NOAEL of 500 mg/kg bw per day was identified for maternal
toxicity, and an overall NOAEL of 50 mg/kg bw per day was identified for embryo/
fetal toxicity.
Microbiological data
Considering the chemical structure and mode of action of teflubenzuron, the
Committee did not anticipate any adverse effects of teflubenzuron residues on
human gastrointestinal microbiota.
Evaluation
An ADI of 05 g/kg bw was established on the basis of a BMDL10 of 0.54 mg/
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
66
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
Residue evaluation
The Committee reviewed studies on the pharmacokinetics and metabolism of
teflubenzuron in Atlantic salmon. Also, a number of radiolabelled and non-
radiolabelled teflubenzuron residue depletion studies in Atlantic salmon were
reviewed. The analytical method submitted by the sponsor to support the residue
monitoring has been assessed.
All studies were GLP compliant unless otherwise stated.
67
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Residue data
Three residue depletion studies using radiolabelled teflubenzuron and two
residue depletion studies using non-radiolabelled teflubenzuron were provided
for Atlantic salmon, using a single oral dose or repeated dose at two water
temperatures (6 C and 10 C). Teflubenzuron was quantified in salmon tissues
using a validated HPLC-UV method. Average recoveries were above 70%, and
the LOQ of the method was 20 g/kg for muscle and skin in natural proportion.
In one study, Atlantic salmon (537999 g), held at a water temperature of
10 C, received a dose of 10 mg/kg bw of [14C]teflubenzuron by intra-oesophageal
intubation. Six fish were sampled at each of the following intervals: 9 hours and
1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 13 and 18 days post-dose. Tissues (mucus, liver, kidney, muscle,
skin and gallbladder) were collected, and the TRR was determined using liquid
scintillation spectrometry. The acetonitrile-extractable residue on day 8 post-dose
accounted for 84% (muscle), 77% (skin), 54% (liver) and 54% (kidney) of the TRR.
The highest concentration of radioactivity in muscle (410 89.0 g eq/kg) and skin
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
(753 224 g eq/kg) was determined 1 day after administration of the drug.
In a similar depletion study, Atlantic salmon maintained at 10 C received
non-radiolabelled teflubenzuron in medicated feed, at a dose of 10 mg/kg bw, for
6 consecutive days; on day 7, the fish received a dose of [14C]teflubenzuron of 10
mg/kg bw by intra-oesophageal intubation. Only a small amount of radioactive
material was distributed into the tissues examined that is, the majority of
material was excreted from the fish. The highest quantity of radioactive material
was detected in the muscle (310 124 g eq/kg) and skin (554 178 g eq/kg)
1 day after administration of the last dose.
In another study, Atlantic salmon (5271403 g), held at a water
temperature of 6 C, received non-radiolabelled teflubenzuron in the diet for 13
68
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
days at a dose of 10 mg/kg bw; on the 14th day, the fish received a dose equivalent
to 10 mg/kg bw of [14C]teflubenzuron by intra-oesophageal intubation. Tissues
were collected 1, 8, 16, 24, 35, 50, 75 and 97 days post-treatment. Liver contained
the highest concentration of radioactive material, with a maximum of 1170
336 g eq/kg on day 1, which decreased with an elimination half-life of 16.9 days
determined over the period of 124 days. For muscle and skin, the maximum
concentrations occurred 1 day following the final dose (153 40 g eq/kg for
muscle and 218 83 g eq/kg for skin).
The last two studies using non-radiolabelled teflubenzuron were
conducted at two water temperatures (6 C and 10 C). For the low temperature,
Atlantic salmon received teflubenzuron in the diet for 13 days; on the 14th day,
the fish were treated with the same dose of teflubenzuron by intra-oesophageal
intubation. Tissues were collected and analysed 1, 8, 16, 24, 35 days post-
treatment. The concentration of teflubenzuron in muscle with skin depleted from
407 g/kg (day 1) to 25 g/kg (day 35). For the high water temperature, Atlantic
salmon received 10 mg/kg bw teflubenzuron in the diet over a 7-day period.
One fish per group received a single oral dose of 10 mg/kg bw teflubenzuron by
intra-oesophageal intubation on feeding day 7. Samples of muscle and skin were
collected on days 1, 4, 8, 12, 18, 24, 35, 50 and 120 post-dose. The concentration
of teflubenzuron in muscle with skin depleted from 931 g/kg (day 1) to 38 g/kg
(day 35). The half-life of elimination calculated from the residue data from days
1 to 18 in the combined muscle and skin was 3.4 days.
Teflubenzuron residues depleted in muscle and skin with different half-
lives depending on the water temperature. Peak residue concentrations were higher
in the experiment performed at 10 C than in the experiment at 6 C; however,
the initial rates of depletion of tissue residues were similar. The slow terminal
phase of elimination was attributed to background levels of teflubenzuron in the
recirculated seawater in the tanks where the fish were housed. Consequently, the
data from time points 24 and 35 days were not used. Only the time points 1, 4, 8,
12 and 18 days were used to determine the MRL. The radiolabel studies indicated
that the main residue in muscle and skin is the parent compound and that the
excretion of teflubenzuron is predominantly via faeces.
Analytical methods
The Committee assessed the validation data against the requirements for
analytical methods as published in CAC/GL 71-2009 (15).
The validated HPLC-UV method with detection at 254 nm is based
on solidliquid extraction, followed by several clean-up steps using liquid
liquid extraction and solid-phase extraction on two sorbents (silica and C8).
Quantification was performed using an external calibration curve in the
69
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
in the validation procedure. The Committee considered that the method used by
the national authorities and published in the literature could be recommended
for regulatory monitoring of salmon tissues for teflubenzuron.
71
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Uncertainty factor
100 (10 for interspecies and 10 for intraspecies variability)
Residue definition
Teflubenzuron
MRLs
The recommended MRL for teflubenzuron in salmon fillet (muscle plus skin in
natural proportion) and in salmon muscle is 400 g/kg.
bound of the ADI; for children, 2.1 g/kg bw per day, which represents 43% of the
upper bound of the AD;I and for infants, 0.9 g/kg bw per day, which represents
18% of the upper bound of the ADI.
73
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Toxicological evaluation
No new toxicological data for zilpaterol HCl were submitted by the sponsor,
except for information on the structureactivity relationship of N-acetylated
deisopropyl zilpaterol.
the consumer to possible zilpaterol residues in food. The sponsor asserted that
the pharmacological effects resulting from incurred zilpaterol are reduced by a
factor of 10 in comparison with an oral bolus administration. This assertion is
based on a study in dogs showing that administration of zilpaterol HCl as an
incurred residue at a dose of 2 g/kg bw did not cause any effects, but the same
dose administered orally in a capsule induced a slight increase in heart rate; and
a pharmacokinetics study in rats in which the Cmax values were 10 times higher in
serum when zilpaterol HCl was administered via oral gavage in comparison with
a dietary admixture.
The Committee reviewed the sponsors comments and concluded as
follows:
74
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
Pharmacological potency
The present Committee reviewed the pharmacological potency of metabolites
of zilpaterol HCl. The sponsor submitted a new structureactivity relationship
assessment of N-acetylated deisopropyl zilpaterol to make the case that this
metabolite has no pharmacological activity. The Committee concluded as
follows:
The affinity of zilpaterol HCl for the rat lung 2-adrenoceptor in vitro
was about 1.5-fold higher than that of its main metabolite, deisopropyl
zilpaterol (as free base or hydrochloride form) (24). However, three
in vivo rat studies demonstrated that zilpaterol HCl displays 10-fold
higher 2-adrenoceptor agonist activity compared with its main
75
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Evaluation
The present Committee reaffirmed the ADI of 00.04 g/kg bw that was established
at the seventy-eighth meeting of JECFA and established an ARfD of 0.04 g/kg bw
based on a LOAEL of 0.76 g/kg bw for acute pharmacological effects observed
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
Residue evaluation
The sponsor submitted additional data that included results from two new depletion
studies in cattle, a validated analytical method for residues in bovine tissues and an
assessment of the pharmacological impact of residues in the exposure assessment.
The studies were compliant with GLP unless otherwise stated.
76
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
77
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
where:
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
where:
1.1395 = molecular weight conversion factor, required to convert all
zilpaterol free base residues to zilpaterol HCl for comparisons with
the ADI;
Zilpaterol free base = marker residue concentration;
Rtissue(t) = ratio between marker residue and total pharmacologically
active residue estimated at an equivalent time point (t) for each tissue
(liver, kidney, muscle) from the radioactive residue study.
Analytical method
A new method was used for the analysis of free zilpaterol residues in the pivotal
studies. In brief, samples of homogenized bovine tissue were fortified with an
internal standard ([2H7]zilpaterol) and extracted with methanol. A sub-sample
of the extract was purified by cation exchange solid-phase extraction and then
analysed by a validated LC-MS/MS method using electrospray ionization in the
79
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
positive ion mode and selected reaction monitoring as the acquisition method.
Quantification was performed using a solvent calibration curve corresponding to
a range of 0.2530 g/kg tissue equivalents for all tissues. The Committee assessed
the validation data against the requirements for analytical methods as published
in CAC/GL 71-2009 (15). For all tissues, the LOQ was 0.25 g/kg. Calculated
LODs were 0.048, 0.067 and 0.045 g/kg for liver, muscle and kidney, respectively.
The average recovery of zilpaterol in the methanol extracts was determined to be
76% (liver), 85% (kidney) and 73% (muscle). The confirmatory method proposed
for routine residue surveillance is a gradient LC-MS/MS method applicable in
the range of 0.2530 g/kg for all tissues. Accordingly, the method is expected to
be practicable and applicable in normal routine laboratory use.
80
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
The MRLs recommended for bovine tissues are based on an acute dietary
exposure scenario (GEADE). The Committee initially derived the following one-
sided 95% confidence interval over the 95th percentile of residue concentrations
(95/95 UTL) in bovine tissues at the 72-hour time point: 4.1 g/kg in kidney, 4.3
g/kg in liver and 0.6 g/kg in muscle. Using acute dietary exposure assessments
(GEADE), these 95/95 UTLs could lead to an acute dietary exposure of ~99% of
the ARfD in the general population and ~117% of the ARfD in children.
Because the exposure in children exceeded the ARfD using the 72-hour
data, the Committee considered a refined assessment with 95/95 UTLs derived at
77 hours post-dose: 3.3 g/kg in kidney, 3.5 g/kg in liver and 0.5 g/kg in muscle.
These values would result in acute dietary exposure (GEADE of 1.9 g/day for
the general population and 0.57 g/day for children) of ~94% of the ARfD in
children and ~80% of the ARfD in the general population and are recommended
as MRLs. It is noted that the time point at which the MRLs are calculated (77
hours) is consistent with currently approved withdrawal times (GVP).
The Committee recognizes that the approach used in this evaluation
differs from that of previous evaluations for similar types of veterinary
compounds. However, this was appropriate due to the acute nature of the
pharmacological end-point and the availability of an appropriate model for acute
exposure. Detailed chronic and acute dietary exposure assessments are included
in the addendum to the residue monograph to provide additional information to
risk managers.
The Committee concluded that there were insufficient zilpaterol residue
data to adequately consider exposure to residues in lungs and other edible offal
of cattle apart from liver and kidney. No non-radiolabelled residue depletion
data were provided for any cattle tissues other than liver, kidney and muscle. For
lung tissue, there were no actual residue data available in cattle, just estimates
based on ratios of plasma versus respiratory tissue radioactivity from preliminary
radiolabel studies in rats. For edible offal, the only bovine data available were
81
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
from a preliminary radiolabel study, with only two data points for tripe at each of
the 12- and 48-hour withdrawal periods.
Recommendation
The Committee noted that the definitions of the tissues comprising offal were not
consistent between countries. Therefore, JECFA requests that CCRVDF provide
a definition of edible offal.
ADI
00.04 g/kg bw
ARfD
0.04 g/kg bw
MRLs
The recommended MRLs for cattle are 3.3 g/kg in kidney, 3.5 g/kg in liver and
0.5 g/kg in muscle.
calculated, based on 95/95 UTLs, which represent approximately 80% and 94% of
the upper bound of the ARfD for the general population and children, respectively.
82
Comments on residues of specific veterinary drugs
c. The sponsor stated that there were sufficient data sets (including the
new studies not available at the time of the seventy-eighth JECFA)
to recommend MRLs.
Response from JECFA: The corrected tables have been included where necessary
in the eighty-first JECFA addendum to the residue monograph. Assessment of
the data has been performed using an approach based on all data available.
83
5. Future work and recommendations
Recommendations relating to specific veterinary drugs, including ADIs, ARfDs
and proposed MRLs, are given in section 3 and Annex 2. This section includes
recommendations relating to future work by the JECFA Secretariat.
Diflubenzuron
Additional information that would assist in the further evaluation of the compound
Recommendation
The Committee recommends that JMPR consider the re-evaluation of
diflubenzuron at a future meeting and that the WHO Pesticide Evaluation
Scheme (WHOPES) and the WHO Guidelines for Drinking-water Quality
(GDWQ) Chemical Working Group reconsider their recommendations for the
use of diflubenzuron as a vector control agent in drinking-water.
Sisapronil
Additional information that would assist in the further evaluation of the compound
Zilpaterol hydrochloride
The Committee noted that the definitions of the tissues comprising offal were not
consistent between countries. Therefore, JECFA requests that CCRVDF provide
a definition of edible offal.
85
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
86
Acknowledgements
The Committee wishes to thank Ms M. Sheffer, Ottawa, Canada, for her assistance
in the preparation of the report.
FAO and WHO wish to acknowledge the significant contributions of the
experts, as well as their institutions (where relevant), to the work of the eighty-
first meeting of JECFA.
87
References
1. FAO/WHO. Residues of veterinary drugs in foods. Report of a Joint FAO/WHO Expert Consultation. Rome:
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations; 1985 (FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 32).
2. FAO/WHO. Report of the Twenty-second Session of the Codex Committee on Residues of Veterinary Drugs
in Foods. San Jos, Costa Rica, 27 April 1 May 2015. Rome: Food and Agriculture Organization of the
United Nations and World Health Organization, Joint FAO/WHO Food Standards Programme, Codex
Alimentarius Commission; 2015 ( REP15/RVDF).
3. FAO/WHO. Thirty-eighth Session of the Codex Alimentarius Commission. Geneva, Switzerland, 611 July
2015. Rome: Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations and World Health Organization,
Joint FAO/WHO Food Standards Programme, Codex Alimentarius Commission; 2015 (REP15/CAC).
4. FAO/WHO. Risk analysis principles applied by the Codex Committee on Residues of Veterinary Drugs
in Foods. In: Procedural manual, 17th edition. Rome: Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations and World Health Organization, Joint FAO/WHO Food Standards Programme, Codex Alimentarius
Commission; 2007; 13948.
5. FAO/WHO. Report of the Twentieth Session of the Codex Committee on Residues of Veterinary Drugs in
Foods. San Juan, Puerto Rico, 711 May 2012. Rome: Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations and World Health Organization, Joint FAO/WHO Food Standards Programme, Codex Alimentarius
Commission; 2012 (REP12/RVDF).
6. FAO/WHO. Report of the Twenty-first Session of the Codex Committee on Residues of Veterinary Drugs in
Foods. Minneapolis, USA, 2630 August 2013. Rome: Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations and World Health Organization, Joint FAO/WHO Food Standards Programme, Codex Alimentarius
Commission; 2013 (REP14/RVDF).
7. FAO/WHO. Principles and methods for the risk assessment of chemicals in food. A joint publication of the
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations and the World Health Organization. Geneva:
World Health Organization; 2009 (Environmental Health Criteria 240).
8. FAO/WHO. Joint FAO/WHO Expert Meeting on Dietary Exposure Assessment Methodologies for Residues
of Veterinary Drugs. Final report including report of stakeholder meeting. Geneva: World Health
Organization; 2012.
9. FAO/WHO. Pesticide residues in food 2015. Report of the Joint Meeting of the FAO Panel of Experts
on Pesticide Residues in Food and the Environment and the WHO Core Assessment Group on Pesticide
Residues. Rome: Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations and World Health Organization;
2015 (FAO Plant Production and Protection Paper, 223).
10. WHO. Guidance document for WHO monographers and reviewers evaluating veterinary drug residues in
food. Geneva: World Health Organization (in preparation).
11. FAO/WHO. Diflubenzuron. In: Pesticide residues in food 1981 evaluations. Rome: Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations and World Health Organization; 1982.
12. FAO/WHO. Diflubenzuron. In: Pesticide residues in food 1985 evaluations. Rome: Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations and World Health Organization; 1986.
13. FAO/WHO. Diflubenzuron. In: Pesticide residues in food 2001 evaluations. Rome: Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations and World Health Organization; 2002.
89
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
14. IPCS. Diflubenzuron. Geneva: World Health Organization, International Programme on Chemical Safety;
1996 (Environmental Health Criteria 184).
15. FAO/WHO. Guidelines for the design and implementation of national regulatory food safety assurance
programme associated with the use of veterinary drugs in food producing animals. Rome: Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations and World Health Organization, Joint FAO/WHO Food
Standards Programme, Codex Alimentarius Commission; adopted in 2009, revised in 2012 (CAC/GL 71-
2009).
16. Lasseter KC. A double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, multiple-rising-dose study to investigate
the safety, tolerability, and pharmacokinetics of multiple doses of ivermectin (MK-0933) in healthy
male and female subjects (Protocol 066). Unpublished study. Merck Research Laboratories, West Point,
Pennsylvania, USA; 2001. Submitted to WHO by Merial, Inc., Duluth, Georgia, USA.
17. Merck & Co., Inc. Fourteen week oral toxicity study in dogs. TT #78-038-00. Unpublished study; 1978.
Submitted to WHO by Merck & Co., Inc. [cited in Annex 1, reference 92].
18. FAO/WHO. Teflubenzuron. In: Pesticide residues in food 1994. Report of the Joint Meeting of the FAO
Panel of Experts on Pesticide Residues in Food and the Environment and a WHO Expert Group on Pesticide
Residues. Rome: Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations and World Health Organization;
1995 (FAO Plant Production and Protection Paper, 127).
19. FAO/WHO. Teflubenzuron. In: Pesticide residues in food 1996. Report of the Joint Meeting of the FAO
Panel of Experts on Pesticide Residues in Food and the Environment and the WHO Core Assessment Group
on Pesticide Residues. Rome: Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations and World Health
Organization; 1997 (FAO Plant Production and Protection Paper, 140).
20. Suter P, Dewert H, Luetkemeier H, Westen H, Terrier C. 18-month oncogenicity (feeding) study with CME
134 in mice. Unpublished document no. 134AB-455-003 for Project 027810 from Research and Consulting
Co. AG, Itingen, Switzerland; 1987. Submitted to WHO by Skretting AS, Stavanger, Norway.
21. Vivet P. A study of the bronchodilatating activity of 3 single oral doses of R 42173 (0.05, 0.10 and 0.25
mg) in adult asthmatics a double-blind randomized 4 way-cross-over placebo-controlled multicentric
dose-ranging study. Unpublished report of study no. FF/88/173/05 from Medical Division, Roussel Uclaf,
Romainville, France; 1989. Submitted to WHO by MSD Animal Health.
22. Vacheron F, Stecyna V, Vincent JC, Petit F. Relay pharmacology of zilpaterol in the monitored conscious dog
(pilot orientating study). Unpublished report of study no. 94/7294/PH from Central Direction of Research,
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
Roussel UCLAF, Romainville, France; 1995. Submitted to WHO by MSD Animal Health.
23. Sauvez F. Comparative study of pharmacokinetics in plasma after repeated oral administration for 2 weeks
(dietary admixture or gavage) in rats (orientating study). Unpublished report of study no. 11557 PSR
from Centre International de Toxicologie (C.I.T.), Miserey, Evreux, France; 1995. Submitted to WHO by MSD
Animal Health.
24. Advenier C. RU 42173 antagonism by propranolol in the guinea-pig trachea. Unpublished report of
study no. AU 10 from Direction of Preclinical Development, Roussel UCLAF, Romainville, France. Document
No. V-0238-0237; 1987. Submitted to WHO by MSD Animal Health.
25. Corbier A, Petit F. Blood pressure and heart rate effects of RU 42173 in the pithed rat: study of its
mechanism of action. Unpublished report of study no. 96/8772/PH from Unit of General Pharmacology,
Hoechst Marion Roussell, Romainville, France. Document No. V-0238-0115; 1999. Submitted to WHO by
MSD Animal Health.
90
References
26. Corbier A, Petit F. Blood pressure and heart rate effects of RU 40988 in the pithed rat: study of its
mechanism of action. Unpublished report of study no. 96/8777/PH from Unit of General Pharmacology,
Hoechst Marion Roussell, Romainville, France. Document No. V-0238-0117; 1999. Submitted to WHO by
MSD Animal Health.
27. Corbier A, Petit F. Blood pressure and heart rate effects of RU 42173 in the pithed rat: study of its
mechanism of action. Unpublished report of study no. 96/8773/PH from Unit of General Pharmacology,
Hoechst Marion Roussell, Romainville, France. Document No. V-0238-0116; 1999. Submitted to WHO by
MSD Animal Health.
28. Marhfer RJ, Sekljic H. Expert opinion: Zilpaterol hydrochloride metabolite N-acetylated deisopropyl-
zilpaterol is not active in vivo. Unpublished report from MSD Animal Health Innovation GmbH,
Schwabenheim, Germany; 2015 (MSD AH Report No. V-0238-0297). Submitted to WHO by MSD Animal
Health.
29. Girkin R. 14C-Zilpaterol: Bioavailability in the rat of liver non-extractable residues from cattle. Unpublished
report of study no. HST 456/993307 from Huntingdon Research Centre Ltd, Cambridgeshire, England,
United Kingdom. Document No. V-0238-0152, 1999. Submitted to FAO by MSD Animal Health.
91
Annex 1
Reports and other documents resulting from previous meetings of
the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives
1. General principles governing the use of food additives (First report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). FAO Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 15, 1957; WHO Technical
Report Series, No. 129, 1957 (out of print).
2. Procedures for the testing of intentional food additives to establish their safety for use (Second report
of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives). FAO Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No.
17, 1958; WHO Technical Report Series, No. 144, 1958 (out of print).
3. Specifications for identity and purity of food additives (antimicrobial preservatives and antioxidants)
(Third report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives). These specifications were
subsequently revised and published as Specifications for identity and purity of food additives, Vol. I.
Antimicrobial preservatives and antioxidants, Rome, Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, 1962 (out of print).
4. Specifications for identity and purity of food additives (food colours) (Fourth report of the Joint FAO/
WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives). These specifications were subsequently revised and
published as Specifications for identity and purity of food additives, Vol. II. Food colours, Rome, Food
and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, 1963 (out of print).
5. Evaluation of the carcinogenic hazards of food additives (Fifth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). FAO Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 29, 1961; WHO Technical
Report Series, No. 220, 1961 (out of print).
6. Evaluation of the toxicity of a number of antimicrobials and antioxidants (Sixth report of the Joint FAO/
WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives). FAO Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 31, 1962; WHO
Technical Report Series, No. 228, 1962 (out of print).
7. Specifications for the identity and purity of food additives and their toxicological evaluation:
emulsifiers, stabilizers, bleaching and maturing agents (Seventh report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). FAO Nutrition Meetings Series, No. 35, 1964; WHO Technical Report
Series, No. 281, 1964 (out of print).
8. Specifications for the identity and purity of food additives and their toxicological evaluation: food
colours and some antimicrobials and antioxidants (Eighth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). FAO Nutrition Meetings Series, No. 38, 1965; WHO Technical Report
Series, No. 309, 1965 (out of print).
9. Specifications for identity and purity and toxicological evaluation of some antimicrobials and
antioxidants. FAO Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 38A, 1965; WHO/Food Add/24.65 (out of print).
10. Specifications for identity and purity and toxicological evaluation of food colours. FAO Nutrition
Meetings Report Series, No. 38B, 1966; WHO/Food Add/66.25.
11. Specifications for the identity and purity of food additives and their toxicological evaluation: some
antimicrobials, antioxidants, emulsifiers, stabilizers, flour treatment agents, acids, and bases (Ninth
report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives). FAO Nutrition Meetings Series, No.
40, 1966; WHO Technical Report Series, No. 339, 1966 (out of print).
93
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
12. Toxicological evaluation of some antimicrobials, antioxidants, emulsifiers, stabilizers, flour treatment
agents, acids, and bases. FAO Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 40A, B, C; WHO/Food Add/67.29.
13. Specifications for the identity and purity of food additives and their toxicological evaluation: some
emulsifiers and stabilizers and certain other substances (Tenth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). FAO Nutrition Meetings Series, No. 43, 1967; WHO Technical Report
Series, No. 373, 1967.
14. Specifications for the identity and purity of food additives and their toxicological evaluation: some
flavouring substances and non-nutritive sweetening agents (Eleventh report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). FAO Nutrition Meetings Series, No. 44, 1968; WHO Technical
Report Series, No. 383, 1968.
15. Toxicological evaluation of some flavouring substances and non-nutritive sweetening agents. FAO
Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 44A, 1968; WHO/Food Add/68.33.
16. Specifications and criteria for identity and purity of some flavouring substances and non-nutritive
sweetening agents. FAO Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 44B, 1969; WHO/Food Add/69.31.
17. Specifications for the identity and purity of food additives and their toxicological evaluation: some
antibiotics (Twelfth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives). FAO Nutrition
Meetings Series, No. 45, 1969; WHO Technical Report Series, No. 430, 1969.
18. Specifications for the identity and purity of some antibiotics. FAO Nutrition Meetings Series, No. 45A,
1969; WHO/Food Add/69.34.
19. Specifications for the identity and purity of food additives and their toxicological evaluation: some
food colours, emulsifiers, stabilizers, anticaking agents, and certain other substances (Thirteenth
report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives). FAO Nutrition Meetings Series, No.
46, 1970; WHO Technical Report Series, No. 445, 1970.
20. Toxicological evaluation of some food colours, emulsifiers, stabilizers, anticaking agents, and certain
other substances. FAO Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 46A, 1970; WHO/Food Add/70.36.
21. Specifications for the identity and purity of some food colours, emulsifiers, stabilizers, anticaking
agents, and certain other food additives. FAO Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 46B, 1970; WHO/
Food Add/70.37.
22. Evaluation of food additives: specifications for the identity and purity of food additives and their
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
toxicological evaluation: some extraction solvents and certain other substances; and a review of the
technological efficacy of some antimicrobial agents (Fourteenth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). FAO Nutrition Meetings Series, No. 48, 1971; WHO Technical Report
Series, No. 462, 1971.
23. Toxicological evaluation of some extraction solvents and certain other substances. FAO Nutrition
Meetings Report Series, No. 48A, 1971; WHO/Food Add/70.39.
24. Specifications for the identity and purity of some extraction solvents and certain other substances. FAO
Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 48B, 1971; WHO/Food Add/70.40.
25. A review of the technological efficacy of some antimicrobial agents. FAO Nutrition Meetings Report
Series, No. 48C, 1971; WHO/Food Add/70.41.
26. Evaluation of food additives: some enzymes, modified starches, and certain other substances:
Toxicological evaluations and specifications and a review of the technological efficacy of some
94
Annex 1
antioxidants (Fifteenth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives). FAO
Nutrition Meetings Series, No. 50, 1972; WHO Technical Report Series, No. 488, 1972.
27. Toxicological evaluation of some enzymes, modified starches, and certain other substances. FAO
Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 50A, 1972; WHO Food Additives Series, No. 1, 1972.
28. Specifications for the identity and purity of some enzymes and certain other substances. FAO Nutrition
Meetings Report Series, No. 50B, 1972; WHO Food Additives Series, No. 2, 1972.
29. A review of the technological efficacy of some antioxidants and synergists. FAO Nutrition Meetings
Report Series, No. 50C, 1972; WHO Food Additives Series, No. 3, 1972.
30. Evaluation of certain food additives and the contaminants mercury, lead, and cadmium (Sixteenth
report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives). FAO Nutrition Meetings Series, No.
51, 1972; WHO Technical Report Series, No. 505, 1972, and corrigendum.
31. Evaluation of mercury, lead, cadmium and the food additives amaranth, diethylpyrocarbamate, and
octyl gallate. FAO Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 51A, 1972; WHO Food Additives Series, No. 4,
1972.
32. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives with a review of general principles and of
specifications (Seventeenth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives). FAO
Nutrition Meetings Series, No. 53, 1974; WHO Technical Report Series, No. 539, 1974, and corrigendum
(out of print).
33. Toxicological evaluation of some food additives including anticaking agents, antimicrobials,
antioxidants, emulsifiers, and thickening agents. FAO Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 53A, 1974;
WHO Food Additives Series, No. 5, 1974.
34. Specifications for identity and purity of thickening agents, anticaking agents, antimicrobials,
antioxidants and emulsifiers. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 4, 1978.
35. Evaluation of certain food additives (Eighteenth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on
Food Additives). FAO Nutrition Meetings Series, No. 54, 1974; WHO Technical Report Series, No. 557,
1974, and corrigendum.
36. Toxicological evaluation of some food colours, enzymes, flavour enhancers, thickening agents, and
certain other food additives. FAO Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 54A, 1975; WHO Food Additives
Series, No. 6, 1975.
37. Specifications for the identity and purity of some food colours, enhancers, thickening agents, and
certain food additives. FAO Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 54B, 1975; WHO Food Additives
Series, No. 7, 1975.
38. Evaluation of certain food additives: some food colours, thickening agents, smoke condensates,
and certain other substances (Nineteenth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food
Additives). FAO Nutrition Meetings Series, No. 55, 1975; WHO Technical Report Series, No. 576, 1975.
39. Toxicological evaluation of some food colours, thickening agents, and certain other substances. FAO
Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 55A, 1975; WHO Food Additives Series, No. 8, 1975.
40. Specifications for the identity and purity of certain food additives. FAO Nutrition Meetings Report
Series, No. 55B, 1976; WHO Food Additives Series, No. 9, 1976.
95
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
41. Evaluation of certain food additives (Twentieth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on
Food Additives). FAO Food and Nutrition Meetings Series, No. 1, 1976; WHO Technical Report Series,
No. 599, 1976.
42. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 10, 1976.
43. Specifications for the identity and purity of some food additives. FAO Food and Nutrition Series, No. 1B,
1977; WHO Food Additives Series, No. 11, 1977.
44. Evaluation of certain food additives (Twenty-first report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on
Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 617, 1978.
45. Summary of toxicological data of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 12, 1977.
46. Specifications for identity and purity of some food additives, including antioxidants, food colours,
thickeners, and others. FAO Nutrition Meetings Report Series, No. 57, 1977.
47. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Twenty-second report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 631, 1978.
48. Summary of toxicological data of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series,
No. 13, 1978.
49. Specifications for the identity and purity of certain food additives. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No.
7, 1978.
50. Evaluation of certain food additives (Twenty-third report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on
Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 648, 1980, and corrigenda.
51. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 14, 1980.
52. Specifications for identity and purity of food colours, flavouring agents, and other food additives. FAO
Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 12, 1979.
53. Evaluation of certain food additives (Twenty-fourth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on
Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 653, 1980.
54. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 15, 1980.
55. Specifications for identity and purity of food additives (sweetening agents, emulsifying agents, and
other food additives). FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 17, 1980.
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
56. Evaluation of certain food additives (Twenty-fifth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on
Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 669, 1981.
57. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 16, 1981.
58. Specifications for identity and purity of food additives (carrier solvents, emulsifiers and stabilizers,
enzyme preparations, flavouring agents, food colours, sweetening agents, and other food additives).
FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 19, 1981.
59. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Twenty-sixth report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 683, 1982.
60. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 17, 1982.
61. Specifications for the identity and purity of certain food additives. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No.
25, 1982.
96
Annex 1
62. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Twenty-seventh report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 696, 1983, and corrigenda.
63. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
18, 1983.
64. Specifications for the identity and purity of certain food additives. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No.
28, 1983.
65. Guide to specifications General notices, general methods, identification tests, test solutions, and
other reference materials. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 5, Rev. 1, 1983.
66. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Twenty-eighth report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 710, 1984, and corrigendum.
67. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
19, 1984.
68. Specifications for the identity and purity of food colours. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 31/1, 1984.
69. Specifications for the identity and purity of food additives. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 31/2,
1984.
70. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Twenty-ninth report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 733, 1986, and corrigendum.
71. Specifications for the identity and purity of certain food additives. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No.
34, 1986.
72. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
20. Cambridge University Press, 1987.
73. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Thirtieth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 751, 1987.
74. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
21. Cambridge University Press, 1987.
75. Specifications for the identity and purity of certain food additives. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No.
37, 1986.
76. Principles for the safety assessment of food additives and contaminants in food. WHO Environmental
Health Criteria, No. 70. Geneva, World Health Organization, 1987 (out of print). The full text is available
electronically at www.who.int/pcs.
77. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Thirty-first report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 759, 1987, and corrigendum.
78. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 22. Cambridge
University Press, 1988.
79. Specifications for the identity and purity of certain food additives. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No.
38, 1988.
80. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Thirty-second report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 763, 1988.
97
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
81. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 23.
Cambridge University Press, 1988.
82. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41, 1988.
83. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Thirty-third report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 776, 1989.
84. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
24. Cambridge University Press, 1989.
85. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Thirty-fourth report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 788, 1989.
86. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
25, 1990.
87. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/2, 1990.
88. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Thirty-fifth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 789, 1990, and corrigenda.
89. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
26, 1990.
90. Specifications for identity and purity of certain food additives. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 49,
1990.
91. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Thirty-sixth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 799, 1990.
92. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
27, 1991.
93. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/3, 1991.
94. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Thirty-seventh report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 806, 1991, and corrigenda.
95. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
28, 1991.
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
96. Compendium of food additive specifications (Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives
(JECFA)). Combined specifications from 1st through the 37th meetings, 19561990. Rome, Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, 1992 (2 volumes).
97. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Thirty-eighth report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 815, 1991.
98. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
29, 1991.
99. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/4, 1991.
100. Guide to specifications General notices, general analytical techniques, identification tests, test
solutions, and other reference materials. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 5, Ref. 2, 1991.
101. Evaluation of certain food additives and naturally occurring toxicants (Thirty-ninth report of the Joint
FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series No. 828, 1992.
98
Annex 1
102. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives and naturally occurring toxicants. WHO Food
Additives Series, No. 30, 1993.
103. Compendium of food additive specifications: addendum 1. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 52, 1992.
104. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Fortieth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 832, 1993.
105. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
31, 1993.
106. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and food. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/5, 1993.
107. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Forty-first report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 837, 1993.
108. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
32, 1993.
109. Compendium of food additive specifications: addendum 2. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 52, Add.
2, 1993.
110. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Forty-second report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 851, 1995.
111. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
33, 1994.
112. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/6, 1994.
113. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Forty-third report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 855, 1995, and corrigendum.
114. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
34, 1995.
115. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/7, 1995.
116. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Forty-fourth report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 859, 1995.
117. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
35, 1996.
118. Compendium of food additive specifications: addendum 3. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 52, Add.
3, 1995.
119. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Forty-fifth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 864, 1996.
120. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
36, 1996.
121. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/8, 1996.
122. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Forty-sixth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 868, 1997.
123. Toxicological evaluation of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 37, 1996.
99
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
124. Compendium of food additive specifications, addendum 4. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 52, Add.
4, 1996.
125. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Forty-seventh report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 876, 1998.
126. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
38, 1996.
127. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/9, 1997.
128. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Forty-eighth report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 879, 1998.
129. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
39, 1997.
130. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/10,
1998.
131. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Forty-ninth report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 884, 1999.
132. Safety evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 40, 1998.
133. Compendium of food additive specifications: addendum 5. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 52, Add.
5, 1997.
134. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Fiftieth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 888, 1999.
135. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
41, 1998.
136. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/11,
1999.
137. Evaluation of certain food additives (Fifty-first report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food
Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 891, 2000.
138. Safety evaluation of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 42, 1999.
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
139. Compendium of food additive specifications, addendum 6. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 52, Add.
6, 1998.
140. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Fifty-second report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 893, 2000.
141. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
43, 2000.
142. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/12,
2000.
143. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Fifty-third report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 896, 2000.
144. Safety evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 44, 2000.
100
Annex 1
145. Compendium of food additive specifications, addendum 7. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 52, Add.
7, 1999.
146. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Fifty-fourth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 900, 2001.
147. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
45, 2000.
148. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/13,
2000.
149. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Fifty-fifth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 901, 2001.
150. Safety evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 46, 2001.
151. Compendium of food additive specifications: addendum 8. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 52, Add.
8, 2000.
152. Evaluation of certain mycotoxins in food (Fifty-sixth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on
Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 906, 2002.
153. Safety evaluation of certain mycotoxins in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 47/FAO Food and
Nutrition Paper 74, 2001.
154. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Fifty-seventh report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 909, 2002.
155. Safety evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 48, 2002.
156. Compendium of food additive specifications: addendum 9. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 52, Add.
9, 2001.
157. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Fifty-eighth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 911, 2002.
158. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
49, 2002.
159. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/14,
2002.
160. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Fifty-ninth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 913, 2002.
161. Safety evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 50, 2003.
162. Compendium of food additive specifications: addendum 10. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 52,
Add. 10, 2002.
163. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Sixtieth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 918, 2003.
164. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
51, 2003.
165. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/15,
2003.
101
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
166. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Sixty-first report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 922, 2004.
167. Safety evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 52, 2004.
168. Compendium of food additive specifications: addendum 11. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 52,
Add. 11, 2003.
169. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Sixty-second report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 925, 2004.
170. Residues of some veterinary drugs in animals and foods. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 41/16,
2004.
171. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
53, 2005.
172. Compendium of food additive specifications: addendum 12. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 52,
Add. 12, 2004.
173. Evaluation of certain food additives (Sixty-third report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on
Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 928, 2005.
174. Safety evaluation of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 54, 2005.
175. Compendium of food additive specifications: addendum 13. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, No. 52, Add.
13 (with Errata), 2005.
176. Evaluation of certain food contaminants (Sixty-fourth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee
on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 930, 2005.
177. Safety evaluation of certain contaminants in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 55/FAO Food and
Nutrition Paper, No. 82, 2006.
178. Evaluation of certain food additives (Sixty-fifth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on
Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 934, 2006.
179. Safety evaluation of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 56, 2006.
180. Combined compendium of food additive specifications. FAO JECFA Monographs 1, Volumes 14, 2005,
2006.
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
181. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Sixty-sixth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 939, 2006.
182. Residue evaluation of certain veterinary drugs. FAO JECFA Monographs 2, 2006.
183. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
57, 2006.
184. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Sixty-seventh report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 940, 2007.
185. Compendium of food additive specifications. FAO JECFA Monographs 3, 2006.
186. Safety evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 58, 2007.
187. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Sixty-eighth report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 947, 2007.
102
Annex 1
188. Safety evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 59, 2008.
189. Compendium of food additive specifications. FAO JECFA Monographs 4, 2007.
190. Evaluation of certain food additives (Sixty-ninth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on
Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 952, 2009.
191. Safety evaluation of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 60, 2009.
192. Compendium of food additive specifications. FAO JECFA Monographs 5, 2009.
193. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Seventieth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 954, 2009.
194. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
61, 2009.
195. Residue evaluation of certain veterinary drugs. FAO JECFA Monographs 6, 2009.
196. Evaluation of certain food additives (Seventy-first report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on
Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 956, 2010.
197. Safety evaluation of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 62, 2010.
198. Compendium of food additive specifications. FAO JECFA Monographs 7, 2009.
199. Evaluation of certain contaminants in food (Seventy-second report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 959, 2011.
200. Safety evaluation of certain contaminants in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 63/FAO JECFA
Monographs 8, 2011.
201. Residue evaluation of certain veterinary drugs. FAO JECFA Monographs 9, 2010.
202. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Seventy-third report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 960, 2011.
203. Safety evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 64, 2011.
204. Compendium of food additive specifications. FAO JECFA Monographs 10, 2010.
205. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Seventy-fourth report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 966, 2011.
206. Safety evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 65, 2011.
207. Compendium of food additive specifications. FAO JECFA Monographs 11, 2011.
208. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Seventy-fifth report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 969, 2012.
209. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
66, 2012.
210. Residue evaluation of certain veterinary drugs. FAO JECFA Monographs 12, 2012.
211. Evaluation of certain food additives (Seventy-sixth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on
Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 974, 2012.
212. Safety evaluation of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 67, 2012.
103
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
213. Compendium of food additive specifications. FAO JECFA Monographs 13, 2012.
214. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Seventy-seventh report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 983, 2013.
215. Safety evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 68, 2013.
216. Compendium of food additive specifications. FAO JECFA Monographs 14, 2013.
217. Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food (Seventy-eighth report of the Joint FAO/WHO
Expert Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 988, 2014.
218. Toxicological evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food. WHO Food Additives Series, No.
69, 2014.
219. Residue evaluation of certain veterinary drugs. FAO JECFA Monographs 15, 2014.
220. Evaluation of certain food additives (Seventy-ninth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on
Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 990, 2015.
221. Safety evaluation of certain food additives. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 70, 2015.
222. Compendium of food additive specifications. FAO JECFA Monographs 16, 2014.
223. Evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants (Eightieth report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee on Food Additives). WHO Technical Report Series, No. 995, 2016.
224. Safety evaluation of certain food additives and contaminants. WHO Food Additives Series, No. 71, 2015.
225. Compendium of food additive specifications. FAO JECFA Monographs 17, 2015.
WHO Technical Report Series No. 997, 2016
104
Annex 2
Recommendations on compounds on the agenda
Diflubenzuron (insecticide)
Following consideration of the issues raised in concern forms from the Codex
Committee on Residues of Veterinary Drugs in Foods (CCRVDF), the Committee
concluded that there would be no concern for colonization barrier disruption in
the colon from acute exposure to residues of lasalocid. The ADI established and
MRLs recommended at the seventy-eighth meeting of JECFA (WHO TRS No.
988, 2014) remain unchanged.
106
Annex 2
Sisapronil (ectoparasiticide)
Teflubenzuron (insecticide)
107
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
Acceptable daily intake The Committee reaffirmed the ADI of 00.04 g/kg
body weight established at the seventy-eighth meet-
ing (WHO TRS No. 988, 2014).
Acute reference dose The Committee established an ARfD of 0.04 g/kg
body weight based on a lowest-observed-adverse-
effect level (LOAEL) of 0.76 g/kg body weight for
acute pharmacological effects observed in a single-
dose human study, with application of an uncer-
tainty factor of 20, comprising a default uncertainty
factor of 10 for human individual variability and an
additional uncertainty factor of 2 to account for use
of a LOAEL for a slight effect instead of a NOAEL.
Residue definition Zilpaterol (free base) in muscle, liver and kidney
Estimated acute The GEADE is 1.9 g/day for the general population,
dietary exposure which represents approximately 80% of the ARfD.
The GEADE is 0.57 g/day for children, which rep-
resents approximately 94% of the ARfD.
108
Annex 3
Meeting agenda
Opening:
Philippine Room (C 277), 17 November 2015, 9.30h
Draft Agenda
1. Opening
3. Adoption of Agenda
7. Critical issues and questions from Working Papers (first brief round of discussion
on all subjects to inform the full Committee)
8. Evaluations
109
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Eighty-first report
- Ivermectin
- Lasalocid sodium (response to concern forms)
- Sisapronil (formerly known as phenylpyrazole)
- Teflubenzuron
- Zilpaterol hydrochloride
9. General considerations
- JECFA response to CCRVDF 22 on MRLs for generic fish species
- New JECFA guidance on residues of veterinary drugs
- Acute Reference Dose (ARfD) for veterinary drugs
- Issues arising from JMPR for consideration by JECFA
- Approach for dietary exposure assessment of compounds used for multiple purposes
(veterinary drug, pesticide)
- Update on the revision of the Principles and Methods for the Risk Assessment of
Chemicals in Food (EHC 240)
10. Other matters as may be brought forth by the Committee during discussions at the
meeting.
110
SELECTED WHO PUBLICATIONS OF RELATED INTEREST
Further information on these and other WHO publications can be obtained from
WHO Press, World Health Organization 1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland www.who.int/bookorders
tel.: +41 22 791 3264; fax: +41 22 791 4857; email: [email protected]
Evaluation of certain veterinary drug residues in food
This report represents the conclusions of a Joint FAO/WHO Expert
Committee convened to evaluate the safety of residues of certain veterinary
drugs in food and to recommend maximum levels for such residues in
food.
The first part of the report considers general principles regarding the
evaluation of residues of veterinary drugs within the terms of reference
of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives (JECFA),
including MRLs for generic fish species, acute reference doses (ARfDs)
for veterinary drugs, an approach for dietary exposure assessment
of compounds used for multiple purposes (i.e. veterinary drugs and
pesticides), dietary exposure assessment for less-than-lifetime exposure,
and the assessment of short-term (90-day and 12-month) studies in dogs.
On 24 April 2014 the European Commission adopted a Regulation 1 establishing maximum residue
limits for ivermectin in all mammalian food producing species, valid throughout the European Union.
These maximum residue limits were based on the favourable opinion and the assessment report
adopted by the Committee for Medicinal Products for Veterinary Use.
In veterinary medicine ivermectin is used in cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, horses and reindeer as an
antiparasitic, administered subcutaneously, topically or orally as a single dose treatment only.
Maximum residue limits were previously established for ivermectin in fat, liver and kidney for all
mammalian food producing species.
On 15 December 2010 the European Commission submitted a request for the review of the opinion on
the establishment of maximum residue limits for ivermectin to the European Medicines Agency,
focussing particularly on the possibility to establish a MRL for muscle.
Based on the available data, the Committee for Medicinal Products for Veterinary Use recommended,
on 12 September 2013, maximum residue limits for ivermectin in fat, liver, kidney and muscle in all
mammalian food producing species.
Subsequently, the Commission recommended on 19 February 2014 that maximum residue limits in all
mammalian food producing species are established. This recommendation was confirmed on 12 March
2014 by the Standing Committee on Veterinary Medicinal Products and adopted by the European
Commission on 24 April 2014.
1
Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 418, O.J. L124, of 25.04.2014
European Medicines Agency, 2014. Reproduction is authorised provided the source is acknowledged.
European public MRL assessment report (EPMAR)
Ivermectin (establishment of a maximum residue limit for muscle)
1. Introduction
Ivermectin is a chemically modified fermentation product belonging to the macrocyclic lactone class of
endectocides and consisting of a mixture of two homologous compounds, 22,23-dihydroavermectin
B1a (H2B1a, not less than 80%) and 22,23-dihydroavermectin B1b (H2B1b, not more than 20%).
Ivermectin is a potent ecto- and endo-parasitic agent with broad spectrum of activity which covers
nematodes and arthropods. The substance increases the membrane permeability to chloride ions,
mediating the paralysis of the nematodes and certain classes of ectoparasites.
In veterinary medicine ivermectin is extensively used in cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, horses and reindeer
at doses of 0.1 0.5 mg/kg bw subcutaneously, topically or orally as a single dose treatment only.
Ivermectin was previously assessed by the CVMP and an ADI of 10 g/kg bw/day (600 g/person/day)
was established.
On 9 June 2011 the CVMP adopted an opinion which recommended a muscle MRL and limits for
injection sites as shown in the table below:
In 1992, the CVMP established an ADI for ivermectin of 0.2 g/kg bw/day, i.e. 12 g/person/day based
on a NOEL of 0.1 mg/kg for maternal toxicity in a mouse teratogenicity study applying a safety factor
of 500. This ADI was the same as the one established by the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on
Food Additives (JECFA). In 1993, JECFA re-evaluated the ADI for ivermectin and concluded, on the
basis of new human data, that the safety factor applied to this same NOEL could be reduced to 100,
resulting in an ADI of 1 g/kg bw/day corresponding to 60 g/person/day. After reviewing this re-
evaluation the CVMP established the same revised ADI.
Subsequently, in 2003, an application was submitted for the modification of the MRLs for bovine,
porcine and ovine species, Equidae and deer and requesting revision of the toxicological ADI to take
into account data from human clinical trials in healthy volunteers and parasite-infected patients, and
reports of individuals exposed to ivermectin as a result of accidental or deliberate ingestion as the
basis for modification of the ADI.
Further to the evaluation of the new data the CVMP concluded that the dog toxicity data were the most
relevant for the establishment of the toxicological ADI. The NOEL of 0.5 mg/kg bw/day observed in the
14-week repeated-dose dog study was used as the basis for the calculation of the new ADI using a
uncertainty factor of 50 (at a dose of 1 mg/kg bw mydriasis and slight weight loss were observed). The
lower uncertainty factor compared to the standard factor of 100 was justified by the fact that the data
suggested that ivermectin may reach threshold levels for overt toxicity more readily in dogs than
humans based on comparison of pharmacokinetics and the fact that human and non-human primate
toxicological data were available. An ADI of 10 g/kg bw/day (600 g/person per day) was established
for ivermectin.
Furthermore, the Committee considered that the availability of new human safety data that accounts
for the same central nervous system neuropharmacological interactions that are present in the dog,
provides reassurance that the ADI established from the dog study is appropriate.
Therefore, no further assessment regarding the consumer safety of the substance is required for the
purpose of the evaluation of this request.
Maximum residue limits for ivermectin for all mammalian food producing species were previously
established in fat, liver and kidney. The CVMP concluded at that time that as residue concentrations
were persistently low in non injection site muscle, this tissue was unsuitable for monitoring purposes
and therefore no MRL for muscle was recommended. Considering the need to ensure the control of
residues in particular when no other tissues than muscle are available for sampling, the Commission
requested the revision of the CVMP opinion including the possibility to establish a MRL for muscle. No
new residue depletion studies were submitted with the request however findings of residues of
ivermectin in imported meat that have been reported by competent authorities for residue control were
available.
For the purpose of the current evaluation the previously submitted data were re-considered in
particular with regard to residues in muscle.
In animal tissues ivermectin residues are essentially found as unbound residues. Similar tissue residue
distribution patterns exist in cattle, sheep, swine and rats. However, the residue depletion half-lives in
liver and fat are approximately 4 to 5 times shorter in sheep and rats than in cattle and swine,
reflecting a more rapid metabolism in sheep and rats. In cattle and rats the major liver metabolite was
24-hydroxymethyl-H2B1a and in swine the major liver metabolites were 3-O-desmethyl-H2B1a and
3-O-desmethyl-H2B1b. The parent drug accounted for at least 50% of the total residues in tissues
from cattle up to 14 days, in sheep up to 5 days, in swine up to 7 days and in rats up to 3 days after
treatment. Seven days after subcutaneous treatment 1.5% and 62% of the dose were recovered in
urine and faeces, respectively. The parent drug has been found to account for 39-78% of the faecal
radioactivity in cattle, sheep and rat.
The plasma concentration profile in deer treated subcutaneously with ivermectin showed that
maximum plasma concentration was reached approximately 28 hours after treatment with 0.2 and
0.4 mg/kg bw. The peak plasma concentrations were 15.3 g/l and 28.3 g/l, respectively. The plasma
half-lives of ivermectin in deer treated with 0.2 mg/kg or 0.4 mg/kg were approximately 4 days.
Cattle
Four residue studies in cattle were presented. In three studies cattle were dosed percutaneously with
0.5 or 1.0 mg ivermectin/kg bw and in one study cattle were dosed subcutaneously with
0.2 mg/kg bw. These studies show that the highest concentrations of residues in tissues of cattle were
found in liver followed by fat, kidney and muscle except for the injection site muscle.
The Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives (JECFA) has calculated the percentage of the
marker residue (22,23-dihydroavermectin B1a) of the total residues in cattle 28 days post treatment.
The marker accounted for 67% in muscle, 37% in liver, 54% in kidney and 18% in fat of total residues
and the distribution of residues between tissues was 1:2:11:27 for muscle, kidney, fat and liver,
respectively.
Pigs
In a radiometric residue depletion study, 12 pigs were given a single tritium labelled (C 22, 23 positions)
ivermectin dose of 0.4 mg/kg bw subcutaneously. Three animals in each group were killed on days 1,
7, 14 and 28 days after treatment. Fat total residue levels were the highest followed by liver. Total
residue levels in fat were 384, 152, 28 and 6 g/kg; in liver were 199, 112, 22, and 3 g/kg on 1, 7,
14 and 28 days after treatment respectively. Kidney total residue levels were 106, 55 and 10 g/kg
whereas muscle total residue levels were 43, 25 and 4 g/kg after 1, 7 and 14 days respectively. The
average marker to total residue ratios were 0.27, 0.41, 0.3 and 0.39 g/kg for liver, kidney, fat and
muscle respectively.
In another radiometric residue depletion study, 15 pigs (male and female) were given tritium labelled
(C22, 23 positions) ivermectin at a dose rate of 0.1 mg/kg bw/day for 7 days in the feed. Total
In a residue depletion study where pigs were administered a single subcutaneous dose of
0.4 mg/kg bw, the highest residue levels were found at the injection site samples, followed by fat,
liver, kidney and then muscle at all time points. Mean injection site residues were 12500, 5100, 1110,
2300, 2500 and 230 g/kg at 1, 3, 5, 7, 10 and 14 days after treatment respectively. Peak residue
levels were found after 3 days in all of the other tissues. Liver residue levels were 67, 69, 53, 41, 23
and 13 g/kg and fat residue levels were 74, 110, 91, 73, 47 and 24 g/kg on days 1, 3, 5, 7, 10 and
14 days after treatment respectively.
Sheep
In a radiometric residue depletion study, 12 sheep were given a single oral (intraruminal) tritium
labelled (C22, 23 positions) ivermectin dose of 0.3 mg/kg bw. Three animals were killed on days 1, 3,
5 and 7 days after treatment. The average total concentration in liver were 238, 125, 25, 44 g/kg at
1, 3, 5 and 7 days after treatment respectively. At the same time points, average total residue
concentrations in fat were 307, 153, 63, 73 g/kg; in kidney were 72, 46, 12, 13 and in muscle were
55, 50, 9 and 10 g/kg. The ratios of marker (H2B1a) to total residues at 3 days after treatment were
0.51, 0.51, 0.44 and 0.52 g/kg for liver, fat, kidney and muscle, respectively.
In a residue depletion study, 30 sheep (male and female) were given oral doses of 0.3 mg
ivermectin/kg bw in a micellar vehicle. The highest residues (marker residue, H 2 B 1a ) were found in fat
followed by liver. Residue levels in liver were 72, 12, 11 and 8 g/kg; in fat were 145, 32, 11 and
9 g/kg; in kidney were 30, 5, 2 and 1 g/kg and in muscle were 20, 4, 2 and 2 g/kg at 1, 3, 5 and 7
days after treatment respectively.
In a residue depletion study where sheep were administered a three subcutaneous doses of
0.3 mg/kg bw at weekly intervals, the highest residue levels were found at the injection site samples,
followed by fat, liver, kidneys and then muscle at all time points. Mean injection site residues were
17000, 2900, 2300, 460 and 220 g/kg at 3, 7, 10, 14 and 28 days after last treatment respectively.
Peak residue levels were found after 7 days in all of the other tissues. Liver residue levels were 160,
190, 97, 55 and 7.2 g/kg and fat residue levels were 230, 310, 180, 99 and 13 g/kg at 3, 7, 10, 14
and 28 days after treatment, respectively.
Horses
In a radiometric residue depletion study, 3 horses were given tritium labelled (C22, 23 positions)
ivermectin doses of 0.3 mg/kg bw. Two of the animals were administered orally and the remaining one
was administered intramuscularly. The animals were then slaughtered after 28 days and the mean
total radioactivity levels in those administered orally were 2.64, 3.02, 3.1, 4.26, 4.11 and 3.52 g/kg
and in those administered intramuscularly was 43.2, 17.1, 14.4, 54.2, 47.4 and 36.1 for liver, kidneys,
muscle, perirenal fat, omental fat and subcutaneous fat respectively. Total radioactivity levels at the
injection site were 64.4 g/kg. The ratios of marker to total residues were 0.12, 0.22 and 0.36 for
liver, kidney and fat, respectively.
In a residue depletion study where horses were administered a single oral dose of 0.3 mg/kg bw, the
highest residue levels were found in fat followed by liver. Fat residues were 80 and 10.9 g/kg and
liver residues were 31 and 4 g/kg on 7 and 14 days after treatment. Residues were detected at 7
days after treatment in kidney (15 g/kg) and muscle (8.3 g/kg) but where below the limit of
detection at 14 days.
Deer
A single subcutaneous dose of 0.2 mg ivermectin/kg bw was given to reindeer. The ratios of 22,23-
dihydroavermectin B1a to total residues in tissues at 17 days after treatment, were in this study
9.5:6.6:2.6:1 for fat, liver, kidney and muscle, respectively. The highest residue concentrations of
22,23-dihydroavermectin B1a 10 and 17 days after treatment, respectively, were 362 g/kg and 68
g/kg in back fat, 71 g/kg and 28 g/kg in liver, 54 g/kg and 13 g/kg in kidney, 40 g/kg and 11
g/kg in muscle, and 44 g/kg and 9 g/kg in injection site muscle, respectively. The half-lives in the
tissues after a single subcutaneous treatment were 7.1 days in the back fat, 2.9 days in the injection
site, 4.9 days in muscle, 5.8 days in liver and 5.7 days in kidney.
22,23-dihydroavermectin B 1a (H 2 B 1a ) was retained as the marker residue in all tissues and species.
The tissue distribution of residues and the overall ratios of marker to total residues were generally
similar with residue levels being the highest in fat and liver tissues. Horses and pigs had slightly
different marker/total residue ratios.
The following ratios of marker to total residues (RMT) were established from depletion studies
previously assessed by the CVMP and/or JECFA (40th JECFA report, 1993):
Species RMT
Liver Kidney Muscle Fat IS*
Cattle 0.370 0.540 0.670 0.180 0.8
Sheep 0.510 0.440 0.520 0.510 0.8
Pigs 0.270 0.300 0.390 0.500 0.8
Equidae 0.140 0.280 0.670 0.370 0.8
*IS = Injection site. Value obtained from CVMP assessment of ivermectin referral concerning injectable products for cattle
Competent national authorities for residues control have reported findings of residues of ivermectin in
imported lean meat at levels ranging from less that 1 g/kg to higher than 500 g/kg.
A routine analytical method validated in accordance with Volume 8 of the Rules Governing Medicinal
Products in the European Union based on HPLC with fluorescence detection was presented in an
internationally recognised format for quantifying 22,23-dihydro-avermectin B1a residues in tissues
from bovine, porcine and ovine species, Equidae and deer. The limit of quantification for all tissues for
pigs, Equidae and ovine species was 5 g/kg. For bovine species the limit of quantification was 3 g/kg
for muscle, 5 g/kg for fat and kidney and 3.6 g/kg for liver. For deer the limit of quantification was
2 g/kg for all tissues. The analytical method was also validated at sufficiently high ivermectin levels to
account for residue levels that might be expected at injection sites. Although no data were available
concerning the use of the analytical method in other mammalian species this method is likely to be
applicable to other mammalian species.
Ivermectin was evaluated at the 36th, 40th, 54th and 58th JECFA meeting. Following these evaluations
and recommendations the Codex Alimentarius established MRLs for ivermectin as follows:
Fat: 40 g/kg
Milk: 10 g /kg
The marker residue retained by JECFA is ivermectin B1a (synonym for 22,23-dihydro-avermectin B1a).
Microbiological effects are not expected for this type of substance. In addition as MRLs have not been
established for milk the assessment of potential effects on mircroorganisms used for industrial food
processing is not considered.
The CVMP was asked to consider setting a maximum residue limit for ivermectin in muscle in order to
allow for the monitoring of meat in particular concerning imports from third countries. As meat
imported into the EU often takes the form of lean cuts of muscle, the absence of an MRL for muscle
means that it is not possible to control residue levels in imported meat of this type.
Residue depletion data demonstrate that ivermectin residues in kidney and muscle (other than
injection site muscle) are low compared to residues in fat and liver in all animal species.
it would possible to calculate a muscle MRL based on either (i) residues expected in injection site
muscle or (ii) residues expected in non-injection site muscle;
a muscle MRL based on approach (i) (residue levels expected in injection site muscle) would be of
little relevance for residue control authorities. This is because injection sites are scarce while non-
injection site muscle is abundant and consequently, except on rare, chance occasions, non-
injection site muscle will be sampled by residue control authorities. So in the vast majority of
samples residues would be far below the injection site levels used to derive the MRL, even if the
withdrawal period were not respected. So compliance with the muscle MRL would provide no
information on whether the withdrawal period had been respected or on whether residue levels in
other tissues comply with their respective MRLs;
from a residue control point of view, it would make far more sense to base the muscle MRL on
approach (ii) (residue levels that can be expected in non-injection site muscle) as this will be
representative of muscle sampled on all but very rare, chance occasions. From a consumer safety
If the muscle MRL is based on approach (ii) (residue levels that can be expected in non-injection
site muscle), it follows that, at the withdrawal period residues in injection site muscle can be
expected to exceed the MRL;
Annex I of Regulation (EC) No 854/2004, in Section II, Chapter V, indicates that meat is to be
declared unfit for human consumption if it: (i) contains residues or contaminants in excess of the
levels laid down in community legislation (ie above the MRL);
in practice, as injection sites will not always be easily identifiable, it cannot be assumed that they
will always be removed from the food chain;
possible future need to establish an MRL in milk should be taken into account and an appropriate
portion of the ADI should be left available for this purpose.
In light of the above the CVMP concludes that the muscle MRL should be set in such a way as to
maximise both its relevance for residue control purposes and its ability to protect consumer health
i.e. it should be derived based on residue levels that can be expected in non-injection site muscle.
However, because it cannot be assumed that injection sites will always be removed from the food
chain there is also a need to ensure that residues at the injection site do not represent a risk to the
consumer. An additional value was therefore derived, which corresponds to the maximum level of
residues that would be expected in the injection site at the anticipated withdrawal period (hereafter
referred to as the Injection Site Residue Reference Value ISRRV). The ISRRV was derived as follows:
the theoretical maximum daily exposure was calculated on the basis of recommended MRLs for liver,
kidney and fat (skin+fat in the case of pig) and the resulting value was compared to the ADI. The
ISRRV was then derived in a manner that would allow for residues in 300g of muscle to correspond to
the remaining portion of the ADI (whilst leaving aside a small portion of the ADI for milk). The
withdrawal period should be derived in a manner that ensures that residues at the injection site will be
below this value and that residues in non-injection site muscle, liver, kidney and fat will be below the
MRLs for these tissues. In this way, the withdrawal period would not be longer than is necessary in
order to ensure consumer safety. Whereas, in the CVMP opinion of 9 June 2011, a value equivalent to
an ISRRV was recommended for inclusion in Regulation (EU) No. 37/2010, the current opinion does not
propose its inclusion in the regulation or its use for routine residue surveillance. This has been done to
take account of the Commissions comment that it would not be feasible for control authorities to
consider two different levels for the same tissue (muscle). Rather, the ISRRV provides a value to be
used by competent authorities when setting withdrawal periods for injectable ivermectin containing
products. The withdrawal period must ensure that residues in non-injection site muscle, as well as in
liver, kidney and fat, are below the MRLs and that residues at the injection site are below the ISRRV.
In this way the withdrawal period will ensure that, even if a consumer were to ingest an injection site,
consumer exposure to residues would not represent a health risk.
The CVMP notes that Article 1 of Directive 2001/82/EC defines the withdrawal period as the period
necessary to ensure that foodstuffs do not contain residues in excess of the MRLs. While efforts may
be made to remove injection sites, in those instances where they enter the food chain undetected,
residues may be present at levels that exceed the muscle MRL. While these residues will not represent
a consumer safety concern, the chance sampling of an injection site by a residue control authority
would lead to a non-compliant residue finding and possible punitive action against the farmer. Such
action would be unfair given that the non-compliant finding would not represent non-compliance with
the withdrawal period.
Maximum residue limits are established for ivermectin in all mammalian food producing species as
follows:
Kidney: 30 g/kg
Residues concentrations were persistently low in non-injection site muscle in all target species. Taking
into account the residue distribution, a value of 30 g/kg for non-injectable site muscle can be
recommended.
An Injection Site Residue Reference Value (ISRRV) of 1250 g/kg 2 was calculated as follows: the
theoretical maximum daily intake was calculated on the basis of recommended MRLs for liver, kidney
and fat in horses (worst case scenario for the different species) and the resulting value compared to
the ADI. The maximum level of residues acceptable for injection site muscle was then calculated so
that residues in 300 g of muscle to correspond to 93% of the ADI (this leaves a small portion of the
ADI unused to accommodate a possible future MRL in milk). This value was then converted into the
ISSRV using a ratio of marker to total residues value of 0.8 for injection site muscle 3.
Withdrawal periods for injectable ivermectin products should ensure that residue levels present in non-
injection site muscle, liver, kidney and fat do not exceed the MRLs for muscle, liver, kidney and fat,
respectively, and that residue levels present in injection site muscle do not exceed the ISRRV.
2
This value is slightly different from the injection site limit recommended in the opinion of 9 June 2011 (1300 g/kg) because it was
noted that consumer intake based on horse MRLs for fat, liver, kidney and ISRRV would equate to 96% of the ADI which would not
leave sufficient room to accommodate a possible future MRL for milk.
3
Value obtained from the CVMP assessment of the ivermectin referral concerning injectable products for cattle
Excluding intake from injection site muscle but using normal muscle, the percentage of the ADI
consumed based on the above calculations will be 12%, 8%, 13% and 17% for cattle, sheep, pigs and
Equidae respectively. The minimum portion of the ADI that can be used for residues at the injection
site was therefore calculated to be 80%. The following table shows the amount of the ADI that is used
when the theoretical maximum daily intake (TMDI) is calculated for a food basket including the ISRRV.
The theoretical maximum daily intake (TMDI) using residues from injection site muscle (rather than
non-injection site) and the other tissues would be 88%, 84%, 87% and 93% for cattle, sheep, pigs
and equidae, respectively.
Extrapolation of maximum residue limits to the relevant minor species have been considered by the
CVMP in the previous evaluations of ivermectin. Considering the data available and the scientific
principles for the extrapolation of MRLs described in the Volume 8 of the Rules governing medicinal
products in the European Union 4 the maximum residue limits initially established for bovine, porcine,
ovine, equidae and deer including reindeer were extrapolated in 2004 to all mammalian food producing
species.
In line with Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 470/09, the Committee considered the possibility of further
extrapolating the existing MRLs to other species and foodstuffs with a view to ensuring availability of
veterinary medicinal products for conditions affecting food producing animals while ensuring a high
level of protection of human health. Taking into account the current scientific knowledge the
recommendations on extrapolation are justified as follows:
4
Notice to applicants and Guideline: Veterinary medicinal products - Establishment of maximum residue limits (MRLs) for
residues of veterinary medicinal products in foodstuffs of animal origin
the a toxicological ADI of 10 g/kg bw/day (600 g/person per day) was previously established as
the overall ADI for ivermectin;
22,23-dihydroavermectin B 1a was retained as the marker residue in all tissues and target animal
species;
the tissue distribution of residues and the overall ratios of marker to total residues were generally
similar with residue levels being the highest in fat and liver tissues;
residues at the injection site deplete slowly and should be considered for setting withdrawal
periods;
the ratios of marker to total residues were calculated in the different animal species and tissues;
the Commission and residue control authorities consider that, in order to ensure the feasibility of
residue controls, a single residue limit for muscle must be published in Regulation (EU) No.
37/2010;
an Injection Site Residue Reference Value (ISRRV) of 1250 g/kg is established for all mammalian
food producing species this value should be taken into account when deriving withdrawal
periods;
a portion of the ADI should be reserved for a possible future need for establishing a MRL for milk,
for the purpose monitoring of residues of ivermectin it is recommended that, where the entire
carcass is available, liver or fat (skin+fat for pigs) should be sampled in preference to muscle as
residues in these tissues deplete more slowly than residues in muscle and so will provide a better
basis for verifying compliance with the withdrawal period;
a validated analytical method for the monitoring of residues of ivermectin in edible cattle, sheep,
pigs and horse tissues (liver, kidney, fat and muscle) is available;
the CVMP recommends the modification of the entry for ivermectin in table 1 of the Annex to
Commission Regulation (EU) No 37/2010 in accordance with the following table: